blob: d8c4b08ea648278a63ff98a116f9d370cc440de3 [file] [log] [blame]
Yee Cheng China7b81202025-02-23 09:32:47 +01001*syntax.txt* For Vim version 9.1. Last change: 2025 Feb 23
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
8
9Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
10color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
11doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
12limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
13calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
14
15Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
16terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
17GUI version, gvim.
18
19In the User Manual:
20|usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
21|usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
22
231. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
242. Syntax files |:syn-files|
253. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100264. Converting to HTML |2html.vim|
275. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
286. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
297. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
308. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
319. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
Bram Moolenaarc8c88492018-12-27 23:59:26 +01003210. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003311. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3412. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01003513. Colorschemes |color-schemes|
3614. Highlight command |:highlight|
3715. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3816. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3917. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
4018. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
4119. Color xterms |xterm-color|
4220. When syntax is slow |:syntime|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000043
44{Vi does not have any of these commands}
45
46Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
47disabled at compile time.
48
49==============================================================================
501. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
51
52 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
53This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
54
55 :syntax enable
56
57What this command actually does is to execute the command >
58 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
59
60If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
61the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
62fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
63directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
Bram Moolenaar8024f932020-01-14 19:29:13 +010064are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
65"/usr/vim/vim82". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +010066This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
67will start soon. See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000068
69 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
Bram Moolenaar4072ba52020-12-23 13:56:35 +010070The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
71This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000072after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
73defaults, use: >
74 :syntax on
75<
76 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
77If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
78with: >
79 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
80For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
81For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
82
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010083NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000084The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010085file for your system. Although on MS-Windows the right format is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000086automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
87
88NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
89of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000090reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000091used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000092highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000093
94 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
95 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
96
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000097NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
99
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200100 *g:syntax_on*
101You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command: >
102 :if exists("g:syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000103
104To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200105 :map <F7> :if exists("g:syntax_on") <Bar>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000106 \ syntax off <Bar>
107 \ else <Bar>
108 \ syntax enable <Bar>
109 \ endif <CR>
110[using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
111
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000112Details:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000113The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
114this works, look in the file:
115 command file ~
116 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
117 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
118 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
119 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
120Also see |syntax-loading|.
121
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100122NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
123makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
124
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000125==============================================================================
1262. Syntax files *:syn-files*
127
128The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
129a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
130name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
131a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
132Examples:
133 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
134 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
135
136The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
137the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
138language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
139for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
140 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
141
142The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
143 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
144 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
145These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
146
147
148MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
149
150When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
151automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
152
1531. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
154 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
155 mkdir ~/.vim
156
1572. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
158 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
159
1603. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
161 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
162 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
163
164Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
165 :set syntax=mine
166You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
167
168If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
169
170If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
171to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
172
173
174ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
175
176If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
177add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
178
1791. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
180
1812. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
Ughur Alakbarov7c8bbc62024-08-31 16:12:39 +0200182 mkdir -p ~/.vim/after/syntax
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000183
1843. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
185 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
186 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
187
1884. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
189 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
190 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
191
192That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
193different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
194
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +0000195If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
196All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
197 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
198 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
199
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000200
201REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
202
203If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
204version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
205that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200206Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
207b:current_syntax.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000208
209
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100210NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
211
212A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
213thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
214A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
215
Gregory Andersd4376dc2023-08-20 19:14:03 +0200216The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters,
217digits, underscores, dots, or hyphens. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]*".
218However, Vim does not give an error when using other characters. The maximum
219length of a group name is about 200 bytes. *E1249*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000220
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +0100221To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000222be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
223These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
224you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
225
226 *Comment any comment
227
228 *Constant any constant
229 String a string constant: "this is a string"
230 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
231 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
232 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
233 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
234
235 *Identifier any variable name
236 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
237
238 *Statement any statement
239 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
240 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
241 Label case, default, etc.
242 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
243 Keyword any other keyword
244 Exception try, catch, throw
245
246 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
247 Include preprocessor #include
248 Define preprocessor #define
249 Macro same as Define
250 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
251
252 *Type int, long, char, etc.
253 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
254 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
255 Typedef A typedef
256
257 *Special any special symbol
258 SpecialChar special character in a constant
259 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
260 Delimiter character that needs attention
261 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
262 Debug debugging statements
263
264 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
265
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200266 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000267
268 *Error any erroneous construct
269
270 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
271 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
272
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +0100273 *Added added line in a diff
274 *Changed changed line in a diff
275 *Removed removed line in a diff
276
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000277The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
278For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
279The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
280highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
281after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
282
283Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
284can be used for the same group.
285
286The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
287 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
288
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200289 *hl-Ignore*
290When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
291mechanism. See |conceal|.
292
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000293==============================================================================
2943. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
295
296This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
297issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
298located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
299
300":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
301
302 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
303 |
304 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
305 |
306 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
307 | |
308 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
309 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
310 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
311 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
312 | | set yet.
313 | |
314 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
315 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
316 | |
317 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
318 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
319 |
320 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
321 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
322 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
323 | |
324 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
325 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
326 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
327 | |
328 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
329 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
330 | | *synload-4*
331 | |
332 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
333 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
334 | |
335 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
336 |
337 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
338 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
339 |
340 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
341 already loaded buffer.
342
343
344Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
345
346 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
347 |
348 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
349 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
350 | option is set to the file type.
351 |
352 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
353 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
354 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
355 | |
356 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
357 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
358 | |
359 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
360 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
361 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
362 |
363 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
364 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
365 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
366 |
367 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
368 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
369 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
370 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
371 |
372 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
373 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
374 syntax.
375
376==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003774. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000378
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003792html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200380window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000381
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200382After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
383colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim. With
384|g:html_line_ids| you can jump to specific lines by adding (for example) #L123
385or #123 to the end of the URL in your browser's address bar. And with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +0200386|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
387in Vim.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200388
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000389You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
390Source the script to convert the current file: >
391
392 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
393<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200394Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
395options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
396the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
397|:unlet|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000398
399Remarks:
Bram Moolenaar076e8b22010-08-05 21:54:00 +0200400- Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000401- From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200402- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
Bram Moolenaar166af9b2010-11-16 20:34:40 +0100403 features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
404 incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000405
406Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
407Unix shell: >
408 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
409<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200410 *g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
411To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
412command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
413and last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
414
415 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
416 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
417 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
418<
419 *:TOhtml*
420:[range]TOhtml The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
421 This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200422 range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
423 and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
424 range, respectively. Default range is the entire
425 buffer.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200426
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200427 If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
428 |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
429 all windows which are part of the diff in the current
430 tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
431 in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
432 jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
433 #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
434 #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200435
436 Examples: >
437
438 :10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
439 :'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
440 :TOhtml " convert entire buffer
441<
442 *g:html_diff_one_file*
443Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200444When 0, and using |:TOhtml| all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab
445page are converted to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element. When
4461, only the current buffer is converted.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200447Example: >
448
449 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
450<
451 *g:html_whole_filler*
452Default: 0.
453When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
454is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
455of inserted lines.
456When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
457not set.
458>
459 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
460<
461 *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
462Default: 0.
463When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
4642html.vim conversion process.
465When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
466but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
467files it can take a long time!
468Example: >
469
470 let g:html_no_progress = 1
471<
472You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
473run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
474moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
475
476 vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
477<
478Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
479need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
480conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
481script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
482specifying each command separately.
483
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100484 *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
485When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
486as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
487current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
488have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
489differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
490your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
491
492 hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
493<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200494 *g:html_number_lines*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100495Default: Current 'number' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200496When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
497When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
498highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
499Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
500 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
501Force to omit the line numbers: >
502 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
503Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
504 :unlet g:html_number_lines
505<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100506 *g:html_line_ids*
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200507Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
508When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
509inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
510takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
511pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
512view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
Bram Moolenaar34401cc2014-08-29 15:12:19 +0200513(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200514javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
515For example: >
516
517 page.html#L123 jumps to line 123 in a single-buffer file
518 page.html#123 does the same
519
520 diff.html#W1L42 jumps to line 42 in the first window in a diff
521 diff.html#42 does the same
522<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200523 *g:html_use_css*
524Default: 1.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100525When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
526browsers and many old browsers.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200527When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
528recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
529forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
530Example: >
531 :let g:html_use_css = 0
532<
533 *g:html_ignore_conceal*
534Default: 0.
535When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
536from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
537value of 'conceallevel'.
538When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
539|conceal|ed.
540
541Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
542included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
543 :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
544 :setl conceallevel=0
545<
546 *g:html_ignore_folding*
547Default: 0.
548When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
549Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
550the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
551When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
552text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
553
554Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
555in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
556 zR
557 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
558<
559 *g:html_dynamic_folds*
560Default: 0.
561When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
562When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
563in Vim.
564
565Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
566regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
567
568This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
569>
570 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
571<
572 *g:html_no_foldcolumn*
573Default: 0.
574When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
575Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
576open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
577'foldcolumn' setting.
578When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
579folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
580>
581 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
582<
583 *TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100584Default: Empty string.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200585This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
586when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
587for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
588line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
589affected in this way as follows:
590 f: fold column
591 n: line numbers (also within fold text)
592 t: fold text
593 d: diff filler
594
595Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
596 :let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
597<
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100598The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
599of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
600
601 *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
fritzophrenic86cfb392023-09-08 12:20:01 -0500602Default: "none"
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100603If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
604
605When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
606uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
607selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
608pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
609invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100610Note: This method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100611browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
612
613When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
614older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
615<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
616to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
617number of browsers, both old and new.
618
619When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
620generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
621Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
622the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
623standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200624
625 *g:html_no_invalid*
626Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100627When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
628not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
629element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
630in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
631paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
632invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
633<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
634remove afterward.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200635
636 *g:html_hover_unfold*
637Default: 0.
638When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
639|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
640When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
641cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
642disabled javascript to view the folded text.
643
644Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
645feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
646normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
647they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
648>
649 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
650<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200651 *g:html_id_expr*
652Default: ""
653Dynamic folding and jumping to line IDs rely on unique IDs within the document
654to work. If generated HTML is copied into a larger document, these IDs are no
655longer guaranteed to be unique. Set g:html_id_expr to an expression Vim can
656evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
657so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
658larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
659
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +0000660 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200661<
662To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
663
664 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_mystring"'
665<
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100666Note: When converting a diff view to HTML, the expression will only be
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200667evaluated for the first window in the diff, and the result used for all the
668windows.
669
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200670 *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100671Default: Current 'wrap' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200672When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
673not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
674When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
675used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
676window.
677Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
678 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
679Explicitly disable wrapping: >
680 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
681Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
682 :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
683<
684 *g:html_no_pre*
685Default: 0.
686When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
687tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
688characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
689When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
690used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
691references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
692text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
693old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
694the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
695>
696 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
697<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100698 *g:html_no_doc*
699Default: 0.
700When 1 it doesn't generate a full HTML document with a DOCTYPE, <head>,
701<body>, etc. If |g:html_use_css| is enabled (the default) you'll have to
702define the CSS manually. The |g:html_dynamic_folds| and |g:html_line_ids|
703settings (off by default) also insert some JavaScript.
704
705
706 *g:html_no_links*
707Default: 0.
708Don't generate <a> tags for text that looks like an URL.
709
710 *g:html_no_modeline*
711Default: 0.
712Don't generate a modeline disabling folding.
713
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200714 *g:html_expand_tabs*
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100715Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
716 and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
717 1 otherwise.
718When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200719number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100720When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200721are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
722allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
723the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
724indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
725
726Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
727 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
728<
729Force tabs to be expanded: >
730 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
731<
732 *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
733It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
734|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
735
736If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
737for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
738'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
739set to match the chosen document encoding.
740
741Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
742|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
743wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
744encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
745below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
746
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100747Note: By default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200748the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
749
750 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
751 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
752
753 *g:html_use_encoding*
754Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
755To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
756name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
757something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
758webserver: >
759 :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
760You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
761entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
762 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
763To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
764variable: >
765 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
766<
767 *g:html_encoding_override*
768Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
769 mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
770This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
771specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
772list of conversions.
773
774This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
775pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
776
777Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
778 :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
779<
780 *g:html_charset_override*
781Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
782 mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
783 browser support.
784This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
785'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
786use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
787TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
788and UTF-32 instead, use: >
789 :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
790
791Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
792compatibility problems with some major browsers.
793
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200794 *g:html_font*
795Default: "monospace"
796You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
797g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
798surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
799item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
800way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
801result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
802Examples: >
803
804 " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
805 :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
806
807 " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
808 :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
809<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200810 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
811Default: 0.
812When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
813When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
814>
815 :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
816<
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100817==============================================================================
8185. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
819
820 *b:current_syntax-variable*
821Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
822"b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
823settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
824 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
825 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
826 :au BufReadPost * endif
827
828
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000829
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000830ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000831
832ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
833any value to the respective variable. Example: >
834 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
835To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
836 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
837
838Variable Highlight ~
839abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
840abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
841
842
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000843ADA
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000844
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000845See |ft-ada-syntax|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000846
847
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000848ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000849
850The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000851by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000852by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000853and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000854
855 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
856
857will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
858
859 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
860 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
861 ]]></script>
862
863See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
864
865
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000866APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000867
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +0100868The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
869version 2.2.3.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000870
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000871
872 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000873ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
874 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000875
876Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
877doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
878startup vimrc: >
879 :let filetype_i = "asm"
880Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
881
882There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
883extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
884line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
885files are included:
Wu, Zhenyud66d6872024-12-12 19:31:54 +0100886 asm GNU assembly (usually have .s or .S extension and were
887 already built using C compiler such as GCC or CLANG)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000888 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
889 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
890 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
891 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
Wu, Zhenyud66d6872024-12-12 19:31:54 +0100892 masm Microsoft assembly (.masm files are compiled with
893 Microsoft's Macro Assembler. This is only supported
894 for x86, x86_64, ARM and AARCH64 CPU families)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000895 nasm Netwide assembly
896 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
897 MMX)
898 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
899
900The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100901 asmsyntax=nasm
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000902Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100903one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +0200904immediately before or after this text. Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
905equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
906between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
907particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
908highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000909
910The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
911b:asmsyntax variable: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000912 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000913
914If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
915the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
916language: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000917 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000918
919As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
920
921
922Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
923
924To enable a feature: >
925 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
926To disable a feature: >
927 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
928
929Variable Highlight ~
930nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
931 (parser dependent; not recommended)
932nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
933nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
934
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200935ASTRO *astro.vim* *ft-astro-syntax*
936
937Configuration
938
939The following variables control certain syntax highlighting features.
h-east9c4389a2024-06-09 16:32:19 +0200940You can add them to your .vimrc.
941
Ken Takatab4e648a2024-06-11 19:45:32 +0200942To enable TypeScript and TSX for ".astro" files (default "disable"): >
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200943 let g:astro_typescript = "enable"
944<
Ken Takatab4e648a2024-06-11 19:45:32 +0200945To enable Stylus for ".astro" files (default "disable"): >
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200946 let g:astro_stylus = "enable"
947<
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200948NOTE: You need to install an external plugin to support stylus in astro files.
949
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000950
h-east53753f62024-05-05 18:42:31 +0200951ASPPERL *ft-aspperl-syntax*
952ASPVBS *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000953
954*.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
955hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
956using. For Perl script use: >
957 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
958 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
959For Visual Basic use: >
960 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
961 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
962
AvidSeeker3088ef02024-07-16 21:39:07 +0200963ASYMPTOTE *asy.vim* *ft-asy-syntax*
964
965By default, only basic Asymptote keywords are highlighted. To highlight
966extended geometry keywords: >
967
968 :let g:asy_syn_plain = 1
969
970and for highlighting keywords related to 3D constructions: >
971
972 :let g:asy_syn_three = 1
973
974By default, Asymptote-defined colors (e.g: lightblue) are highlighted. To
975highlight TeX-defined colors (e.g: BlueViolet) use: >
976
977 :let g:asy_syn_texcolors = 1
978
979or for Xorg colors (e.g: AliceBlue): >
980
981 :let g:asy_syn_x11colors = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000982
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000983BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000984
Bram Moolenaar53f7fcc2021-07-28 20:10:16 +0200985The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000986for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
987are supported.
988
989Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
990in ones |.vimrc|: >
991 let baan_code_stds=1
992
993*baan-folding*
994
995Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
996mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
997source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
998
999To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
1000 let baan_fold=1
1001Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
1002indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
1003considered equal to a tab). >
1004 let baan_fold_block=1
1005Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001006SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +00001007match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
1008 let baan_fold_sql=1
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001009Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +00001010the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
1011.../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
1012 set foldminlines=5
1013 set foldnestmax=6
1014
1015
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001016BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001017
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +00001018Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas". To detect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001019which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
1020five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
1021otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
1022Basic.
1023
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +00001024If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1025example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1026 :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
1027
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001028
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001029C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001030
1031A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001032(including zero) to the respective variable. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00001033 :let c_comment_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001034 :let c_no_bracket_error = 0
1035To disable them use `:unlet`. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001036 :unlet c_comment_strings
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001037Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001038
Bram Moolenaarba3ff532018-11-04 14:45:49 +01001039An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
1040 :set filetype=cpp
1041
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001042Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001043*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
1044*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001045*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1046*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001047*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
1048*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
1049*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001050 ...except { and } in first column
1051 Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
1052 can't spot a missing ")".
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001053*c_curly_error* highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
1054 forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001055*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001056*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001057*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
1058*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001059*c_syntax_for_h* for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02001060 syntax instead of objcpp
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001061*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
1062*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
1063*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
1064*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
Doug Kearnsc2a967a2025-01-17 14:12:16 +01001065*c_no_c23* don't highlight C23 standard items
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001066*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
Luca Saccarolaca0e9822023-12-24 18:57:02 +01001067*c_functions* highlight function calls and definitions
1068*c_function_pointers* highlight function pointers definitions
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001069
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001070When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
1071become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
1072 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00001073"#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
1074 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001075
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001076If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1077when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
1078to a larger number: >
1079 :let c_minlines = 100
1080This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
1081displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
1082disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
1083
1084When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
1085works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
1086you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
1087
1088To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
1089Example: >
1090 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
1091 :function MyCadd()
1092 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
1093 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
1094 : hi link cMyItem Title
1095 :endfun
1096
1097ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
1098"NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
1099not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
1100highlighting: >
1101 :hi link cConstant NONE
1102
1103If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
1104highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
1105
1106If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001107in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001108~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001109 syn sync fromstart
1110 set foldmethod=syntax
1111
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001112CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001113
1114C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
1115the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
1116
1117By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
1118of C or C++: >
1119 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
1120
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001121
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001122CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001123
1124Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
1125that are available. Additionally there is:
1126
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001127chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
1128chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
1129chill_minlines like c_minlines
1130
1131
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001132CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001133
1134ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
1135If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
1136 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
1137This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
1138"b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
1139file).
1140
1141You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
1142 :hi link ChangelogError Error
1143Or to avoid the highlighting: >
1144 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
1145This works immediately.
1146
1147
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001148CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
1149
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001150 *g:clojure_syntax_keywords*
1151
1152Syntax highlighting of public vars in "clojure.core" is provided by default,
1153but additional symbols can be highlighted by adding them to the
1154|g:clojure_syntax_keywords| variable. The value should be a |Dictionary| of
1155syntax group names, each containing a |List| of identifiers.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001156>
1157 let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001158 \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
1159 \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001160 \ }
1161<
1162Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
1163
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001164There is also *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* which is a buffer-local variant of
1165this variable intended for use by plugin authors to highlight symbols
1166dynamically.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001167
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001168By setting the *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* variable, vars from
1169"clojure.core" will not be highlighted by default. This is useful for
1170namespaces that have set `(:refer-clojure :only [])`
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001171
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001172
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001173 *g:clojure_fold*
1174
1175Setting |g:clojure_fold| to `1` will enable the folding of Clojure code. Any
1176list, vector or map that extends over more than one line can be folded using
1177the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
1178
1179
1180 *g:clojure_discard_macro*
1181
1182Set this variable to `1` to enable basic highlighting of Clojure's "discard
1183reader macro".
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001184>
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001185 #_(defn foo [x]
1186 (println x))
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001187<
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001188Note that this option will not correctly highlight stacked discard macros
1189(e.g. `#_#_`).
1190
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001191
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001192COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001193
1194COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
1195development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
1196versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
1197add this line to your .vimrc: >
1198 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
1199To disable it again, use this: >
1200 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
1201
1202
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001203COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001204
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001205The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001206comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1207
1208 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
1209
1210The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
1211
1212
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001213CPP *cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
1214
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001215Most things are the same as |ft-c-syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001216
1217Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01001218cpp_no_cpp11 don't highlight C++11 standard items
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01001219cpp_no_cpp14 don't highlight C++14 standard items
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001220cpp_no_cpp17 don't highlight C++17 standard items
1221cpp_no_cpp20 don't highlight C++20 standard items
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001222
1223
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001224CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001225
1226This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
1227used.
1228
1229Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
1230symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
1231between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001232"filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: *g:filetype_csh*
1233>
1234 :let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001235
1236For using tcsh: >
1237
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001238 :let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001239
1240Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
1241tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001242will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001243"filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
1244variable.
1245
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001246CSV *ft-csv-syntax*
1247
zeertzjqd1c36982024-07-08 21:02:14 +02001248If you change the delimiter of a CSV file, its syntax highlighting will no
1249longer match the changed file content. You will need to unlet the following
1250variable: >
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001251
1252 :unlet b:csv_delimiter
1253
1254And afterwards save and reload the file: >
1255
1256 :w
1257 :e
1258
zeertzjqd1c36982024-07-08 21:02:14 +02001259Now the syntax engine should determine the newly changed CSV delimiter.
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001260
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001261
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001262CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001263
1264Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001265hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001266or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001267normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001268line to your .vimrc file: >
1269
1270 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
1271
1272Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
1273
1274 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
1275
1276To disable these again, use this: >
1277
1278 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
1279 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
1280<
1281
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001282CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001283
1284Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
1285doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
1286startup vimrc: >
1287 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
1288
1289
Bram Moolenaar96f45c02019-10-26 19:53:45 +02001290DART *dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
1291
1292Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
1293used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
1294a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
1295from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
1296
1297More information about the language and its development environment at the
1298official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
1299
1300dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
1301type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
1302and comments. There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
1303framework.
1304
1305Changes, fixes? Submit an issue or pull request via:
1306
1307https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
1308
1309
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001310DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001311
1312Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
Bram Moolenaara17d4c12010-05-30 18:30:36 +02001313according to freedesktop.org standard:
Bram Moolenaar65e0d772020-06-14 17:29:55 +02001314https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
1315To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
1316 let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
1317Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
1318To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
1319 let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
1320g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001321
1322
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +01001323DIFF *diff.vim*
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001324
1325The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers. This can be slow if
1326there are very long lines in the file. To disable translations: >
1327
1328 :let diff_translations = 0
1329
Bram Moolenaar0122c402015-02-03 19:13:34 +01001330Also see |diff-slow|.
1331
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001332DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001333
1334The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
1335provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
1336the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
1337versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
1338uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
1339line to your startup file: >
1340 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
1341
1342
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001343DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
Bram Moolenaar81af9252010-12-10 20:35:50 +01001344DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
1345DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001346
1347There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
1348are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
1349automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
1350defaults to XML.
1351You can set the type manually: >
1352 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
1353or: >
1354 :let docbk_type = "xml"
1355You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
1356Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
1357 :set filetype=docbksgml
1358or: >
1359 :set filetype=docbkxml
1360
Bram Moolenaar2df58b42012-11-28 18:21:11 +01001361You can specify the DocBook version: >
1362 :let docbk_ver = 3
1363When not set 4 is used.
1364
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001365
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001366DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001367
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001368Select the set of Windows Command interpreter extensions that should be
1369supported with the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For versions of Windows
1370NT (before Windows 2000) this should have the value of 1. For Windows 2000
1371and later it should be 2.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001372Select the version you want with the following line: >
1373
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001374 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001375
1376If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001377Windows 2000 and later.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001378
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001379The original MS-DOS supports an idiom of using a double colon (::) as an
1380alternative way to enter a comment line. This idiom can be used with the
1381current Windows Command Interpreter, but it can lead to problems when used
1382inside ( ... ) command blocks. You can find a discussion about this on
1383Stack Overflow -
1384
1385https://stackoverflow.com/questions/12407800/which-comment-style-should-i-use-in-batch-files
1386
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001387To allow the use of the :: idiom for comments in command blocks with the
1388Windows Command Interpreter set the dosbatch_colons_comment variable to
1389anything: >
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001390
1391 :let dosbatch_colons_comment = 1
1392
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001393If this variable is set then a :: comment that is the last line in a command
1394block will be highlighted as an error.
1395
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001396There is an option that covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001397"dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
1398is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001399
1400 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
1401
1402If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
1403
1404
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001405DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
1406
1407Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
Bram Moolenaare37d50a2008-08-06 17:06:04 +00001408(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
1409idl and php files, and should also work with java.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001410
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001411There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
1412explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
1413Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001414 :set syntax=c.doxygen
1415or >
1416 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
1417
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01001418It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
1419the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
1420adding the following to your .vimrc. >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001421 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
1422
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001423There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting,
1424and are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001425
1426Variable Default Effect ~
1427g:doxygen_enhanced_color
1428g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
1429 doxygen comments.
1430
1431doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
1432 and html_my_rendering underline.
1433
1434doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
1435 colour highlighting.
1436
1437doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001438 punctuation of brief
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001439
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02001440There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001441configuration.
1442
1443Highlight Effect ~
1444doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
1445 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
1446doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
1447 \endlink from a \link section.
1448
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001449
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001450DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001451
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001452The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001453case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1454
1455 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
1456
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001457The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001458this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
1459
1460 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
1461
1462before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
1463Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
1464'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
1465Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
1466highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001467delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001468
1469 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
1470
1471The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
1472
1473
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001474EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001475
1476While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001477syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
1478highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001479highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1480
1481 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
1482
1483Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
1484
1485Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
1486
1487 :let eiffel_strict=1
1488 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
1489
1490Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
1491five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
1492"NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
1493
1494Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
1495guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
1496lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
1497
1498If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
1499"Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
1500
1501 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
1502
1503instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
1504
1505Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
1506experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
1507
1508 :let eiffel_ise=1
1509
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001510Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001511
1512 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
1513
1514to your startup file.
1515
1516
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001517EUPHORIA *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
1518
Bram Moolenaar7ff78462020-07-10 22:00:53 +02001519Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001520version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001521Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
1522
Christian Brabandt1c5728e2024-05-11 11:12:40 +02001523Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/ link seems dead) is
1524still necessary for developing applications for the DOS platform, which
1525Euphoria version 4 (http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001526
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001527The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
1528
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001529 *.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
1530 *.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
1531
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001532To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001533auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
1534add the following line to your startup file: >
1535
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001536 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria3"
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001537
Bram Moolenaar4d8f4762021-06-27 15:18:56 +02001538< or >
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001539
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001540 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
1541
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001542Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001543specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1544file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1545filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1546Elixir.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001547
1548
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001549ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001550
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001551Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson. Files with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02001552the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001553
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001554The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
1555put the following line in your vimrc: >
1556
1557 :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
1558
1559To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
1560
1561 :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001562
1563
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001564ELIXIR *elixir.vim* *ft-elixir-syntax*
1565
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001566Elixir is a dynamic, functional language for building scalable and
1567maintainable applications.
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001568
1569The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
1570
1571 *.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
1572
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001573Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001574specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1575file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1576filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1577Elixir.
1578
1579
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001580FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
1581
Christian Brabandt1c5728e2024-05-11 11:12:40 +02001582FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package which used to be available at
1583http://www.flexwiki.com
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001584NOTE: This site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
Bram Moolenaar446beb42011-05-10 17:18:44 +02001585development stopped in 2009.
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001586
1587Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
1588syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
1589editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
1590start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
1591'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
1592(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
1593and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
1594
1595If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
1596move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
1597 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
1598
1599
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001600FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001601
1602The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
1603modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00001604following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001605J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
1606
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01001607If you want to include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001608redefine the following syntax groups:
1609
1610 - formConditional
1611 - formNumber
1612 - formStatement
1613 - formHeaderStatement
1614 - formComment
1615 - formPreProc
1616 - formDirective
1617 - formType
1618 - formString
1619
1620Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
1621directives per default in the same syntax group.
1622
1623A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001624header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001625this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
1626
1627 :let form_enhanced_color=1
1628
1629The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001630gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001631conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
1632
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +00001633Both Visual Basic and FORM use the extension ".frm". To detect which one
1634should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first five lines of
1635the file. If it is found, filetype will be "vb", otherwise "form".
1636
1637If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1638example, FORM files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1639 :let filetype_frm = "form"
1640
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001641
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001642FORTH *forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
1643
Doug Kearns19a3bc32023-08-20 20:51:12 +02001644Files matching "*.f" could be Fortran or Forth and those matching "*.fs" could
1645be F# or Forth. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you, or you don't
1646edit F# or Fortran at all, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1647 :let filetype_f = "forth"
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001648 :let filetype_fs = "forth"
1649
1650
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001651FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001652
1653Default highlighting and dialect ~
Ajit-Thakkare1ddc2d2024-01-24 15:08:34 -04001654Vim highlights according to Fortran 2023 (the most recent standard). This
1655choice should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran
16562023 is almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2018, 2008, 2003, 95,
165790, 77, and 66). A few legacy constructs deleted or declared obsolescent,
1658respectively, in recent Fortran standards are highlighted as errors and todo
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001659items.
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001660
1661The syntax script no longer supports Fortran dialects. The variable
1662fortran_dialect is now silently ignored. Since computers are much faster now,
1663the variable fortran_more_precise is no longer needed and is silently ignored.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001664
1665Fortran source code form ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001666Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001667syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
1668
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001669When you create a new Fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001670form. If you always use free source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001671 :let fortran_free_source=1
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001672in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed
1673source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001674 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
1675in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
1676
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001677If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
1678extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
1679file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
1680will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
1681on" command in your .vimrc file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001682
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001683When you edit an existing Fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001684source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001685fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. Suppose
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01001686neither of these variables have been set. In that case, the syntax script
1687attempts to determine which source form has been used by examining the file
1688extension using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and
1689PathScale compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08
1690for free-source). No default is used for the .fpp and .ftn file extensions
1691because different compilers treat them differently. If none of this works,
1692then the script examines the first five columns of the first 500 lines of your
1693file. If no signs of free source form are detected, then the file is assumed
1694to be in fixed source form. The algorithm should work in the vast majority of
1695cases. In some cases, such as a file that begins with 500 or more full-line
1696comments, the script may incorrectly decide that the code is in fixed form.
1697If that happens, just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the
1698first five columns of the first twenty-five lines, save (:w), and then reload
1699(:e!) the file.
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001700
1701Vendor extensions ~
1702Fixed-form Fortran requires a maximum line length of 72 characters but the
1703script allows a maximum line length of 80 characters as do all compilers
1704created in the last three decades. An even longer line length of 132
1705characters is allowed if you set the variable fortran_extended_line_length
1706with a command such as >
zeertzjq61e984e2023-12-09 15:18:33 +08001707 :let fortran_extended_line_length=1
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001708placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1709
1710If you want additional highlighting of the CUDA Fortran extensions, you should
1711set the variable fortran_CUDA with a command such as >
1712 :let fortran_CUDA=1
1713placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1714
1715To activate recognition of some common, non-standard, vendor-supplied
1716intrinsics, you should set the variable fortran_vendor_intrinsics with a
1717command such as >
1718 :let fortran_vendor_intrinsics=1
1719placed prior to the :syntax on command.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001720
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001721Tabs in Fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001722Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001723fixed format Fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001724Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001725using tabs. If your Fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001726variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
1727 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001728placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001729mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
1730
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001731Syntax folding of Fortran files ~
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001732Vim will fold your file using foldmethod=syntax, if you set the variable
1733fortran_fold in your .vimrc with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001734 :let fortran_fold=1
1735to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
1736is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001737subprograms, modules, submodules, blocks of comment lines, and block data
1738units. Block, interface, associate, critical, type definition, and change team
1739constructs will also be folded. If you also set the variable
1740fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001741 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
Ajit-Thakkard96f25b2023-12-29 11:29:43 -04001742then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, select case,
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001743select type, and select rank constructs. Note that defining fold regions can
1744be slow for large files.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001745
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001746The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
1747comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
1748non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
1749or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001750items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001751
1752Limitations ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001753Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
1754strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001755because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
1756
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001757For further information related to Fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001758|ft-fortran-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001759
Bram Moolenaar0d878b92022-07-01 18:45:04 +01001760FREEBASIC *freebasic.vim* *ft-freebasic-syntax*
1761
1762FreeBASIC files will be highlighted differently for each of the four available
1763dialects, "fb", "qb", "fblite" and "deprecated". See |ft-freebasic-plugin|
1764for how to select the correct dialect.
1765
1766Highlighting is further configurable via the following variables.
1767
1768Variable Highlight ~
1769*freebasic_no_comment_fold* disable multiline comment folding
1770*freebasic_operators* non-alpha operators
1771*freebasic_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1772*freebasic_type_suffixes* QuickBASIC style type suffixes
1773
1774
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001775
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001776FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001777
1778In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
1779the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
1780appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
1781patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
1782number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
1783
1784For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
1785as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
1786
1787 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
1788 \ set filetype=fvwm
1789
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001790GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001791
1792The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
1793the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
1794is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
1795are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
1796
1797 htmlString
1798 htmlValue
1799 htmlEndTag
1800 htmlTag
1801 htmlTagN
1802
1803Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
1804java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
1805group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
1806correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
1807to the contains clause.
1808
1809The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
1810group to make them easier to see.
1811
1812
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001813GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001814
1815The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001816under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001817of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
1818filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
1819(see |filetype.txt|).
1820
1821
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001822HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001823
1824The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001825Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001826syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
1827
1828If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
1829light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
1830 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
1831To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
1832add: >
1833 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
1834To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
1835 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
1836And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
1837 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
1838If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
1839your .vimrc: >
1840 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
1841
1842The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
1843directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001844directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
1845operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001846as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
1847 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
1848
1849The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
1850automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
1851TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001852or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001853in your .vimrc >
1854 :let lhs_markup = none
1855for no highlighting at all, or >
1856 :let lhs_markup = tex
1857to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
1858For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
1859this variable, so e.g. >
1860 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001861will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001862set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
1863loading a file.
1864
1865
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001866HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001867
1868The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
1869
1870The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
1871This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01001872closing tags the 'Identifier' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those
1873are defined for you)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001874
1875Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
1876names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
1877makes it easy to spot errors
1878
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001879Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001880names are colored differently than unknown ones.
1881
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001882Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001883are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
1884text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
1885while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001886only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001887<A href="somefile.html">).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001888
1889If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
1890following syntax groups:
1891
1892 - htmlBold
1893 - htmlBoldUnderline
1894 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
1895 - htmlUnderline
1896 - htmlUnderlineItalic
1897 - htmlItalic
1898 - htmlTitle for titles
1899 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
1900
1901To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
1902of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
1903following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
1904are read during initialization) >
1905 :let html_my_rendering=1
1906
1907If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
1908http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
1909
1910You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
1911vimrc file: >
1912 :let html_no_rendering=1
1913
Christian Brabandtdf9f67e2024-07-30 20:19:15 +02001914By default Vim synchronises the syntax to 250 lines before the first displayed
1915line. This can be configured using: >
1916 :let html_minlines = 500
1917<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001918HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
1919details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
1920However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
Bram Moolenaar8bb1c3e2014-07-04 16:43:17 +02001921ends with -->) you can define >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001922 :let html_wrong_comments=1
1923
1924JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
1925'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001926programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are
1927currently supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001928
1929Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
1930
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001931There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
1932written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001933following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
1934(the example comes from the asp.vim file):
Bram Moolenaar30e9b3c2019-09-07 16:24:12 +02001935>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001936 runtime! syntax/html.vim
1937 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
1938
1939Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
1940the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
1941
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00001942 *html-folding*
1943The HTML syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between start
1944and end tags. This can be turned on by >
1945
1946 :let g:html_syntax_folding = 1
1947 :set foldmethod=syntax
1948
1949Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
1950especially for large files.
1951
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001952
h-east9c4389a2024-06-09 16:32:19 +02001953HTML/OS (BY AESTIVA) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001954
1955The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
1956
1957Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
1958doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
1959this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
1960different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
1961 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
1962
1963Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
1964
1965Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
1966signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
1967a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
1968 :set syntax=htmlos
1969
1970Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
1971block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
1972
1973
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001974IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001975
1976Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
1977how to recognize this filetype.
1978
1979To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
1980 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
1981
1982
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001983INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001984
1985Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
1986most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
1987to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
1988 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
1989
1990By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
1991and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
1992you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
1993need to add this to your startup sequence: >
1994 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
1995
1996This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
1997set of highlighted system functions.
1998
1999The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
2000it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
2001by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
2002startup sequence: >
2003 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
2004
2005By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
2006version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
2007Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
2008startup sequence: >
2009 :let inform_highlight_old=1
2010
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00002011IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
2012
2013IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
2014Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
2015
2016IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
2017rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00002018repetitive but seems to work.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00002019
2020There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
2021are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
2022
2023The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
2024
2025Variable Effect ~
2026
2027idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
2028 extensions
2029idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
2030idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
2031 quite helpful)
2032idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
2033
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002034
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002035JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002036
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002037The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002038
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002039In Java 1.0.2, it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
2040flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1, this is possible (with anonymous
2041classes); and, therefore, is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the
2042old way, put the following line into your Vim startup file: >
2043 :let g:java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002044
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002045All (exported) public types declared in `java.lang` are always automatically
2046imported and available as simple names. To highlight them, use: >
2047 :let g:java_highlight_java_lang_ids = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002048
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002049You can also highlight types of most standard Java packages if you download
2050the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html. If you
2051prefer to only highlight types of a certain package, say `java.io`, use the
2052following: >
2053 :let g:java_highlight_java_io = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002054Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
2055
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +02002056Headers of indented function declarations can be highlighted (along with parts
2057of lambda expressions and method reference expressions), but it depends on how
2058you write Java code. Two formats are recognized:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002059
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +020020601) If you write function declarations that are consistently indented by either
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002061a tab, or a space . . . or eight space character(s), you may want to set one
2062of >
2063 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent"
2064 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent1"
2065 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent2"
2066 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent3"
2067 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent4"
2068 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent5"
2069 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent6"
2070 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent7"
2071 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent8"
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002072Note that in terms of 'shiftwidth', this is the leftmost step of indentation.
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +02002073
20742) However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and types
2075are supposed to be named (with respect to upper- and lowercase) and there is
2076any amount of indentation, you may want to set >
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002077 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "style"
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +02002078
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002079In addition, you can combine any value of "g:java_highlight_functions" with >
2080 :let g:java_highlight_signature = 1
Aliaksei Budavei01a4fb12024-06-23 10:03:33 +02002081to have the name of a function with its parameter list parens distinctly
2082highlighted from its type parameters, return type, and formal parameters; and
2083to have the parameter list parens of a lambda expression with its arrow
2084distinctly highlighted from its formal parameters or identifiers.
2085
Aliaksei Budaveibeb02ed2024-06-20 21:00:53 +02002086If neither setting does work for you, but you would still want headers of
2087function declarations to be highlighted, modify the current syntax definitions
2088or compose new ones.
2089
2090Higher-order function types can be hard to parse by eye, so uniformly toning
2091down some of their components may be of value. Provided that such type names
2092conform to the Java naming guidelines, you may arrange it with >
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002093 :let g:java_highlight_generics = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002094
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002095In Java 1.1, the functions `System.out.println()` and `System.err.println()`
2096should only be used for debugging. Consider adding the following definition
2097in your startup file: >
2098 :let g:java_highlight_debug = 1
2099to have the bulk of those statements colored as
2100 *Debug debugging statements,
2101and to make some of their own items further grouped and linked:
2102 *Special as DebugSpecial,
2103 *String as DebugString,
2104 *Boolean as DebugBoolean,
2105 *Type as DebugType,
2106which are used for special characters appearing in strings, strings proper,
2107boolean literals, and special instance references (`super`, `this`, `null`),
2108respectively.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002109
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002110Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
2111creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002112similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add JavaScript and CSS
Aliaksei Budavei85f054a2024-09-30 19:40:04 +02002113inside this code (see below). The HTML rendering and the Markdown rendering
2114diverge as follows:
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002115 1. The first sentence (all characters up to the first period `.`, which is
2116 followed by a whitespace character or a line terminator, or up to the
2117 first block tag, e.g. `@param`, `@return`) is colored as
2118 *SpecialComment special comments.
2119 2. The text is colored as
2120 *Comment comments.
2121 3. HTML comments are colored as
2122 *Special special symbols.
2123 4. The standard Javadoc tags (`@code`, `@see`, etc.) are colored as
2124 *Special special symbols
2125 and some of their arguments are colored as
2126 *Function function names.
Aliaksei Budavei85f054a2024-09-30 19:40:04 +02002127To turn this feature off for both HTML and Markdown, add the following line to
2128your startup file: >
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002129 :let g:java_ignore_javadoc = 1
Aliaksei Budavei85f054a2024-09-30 19:40:04 +02002130Alternatively, only suppress HTML comments or Markdown comments: >
2131 :let g:java_ignore_html = 1
2132 :let g:java_ignore_markdown = 1
2133
2134See |ft-java-plugin| for additional support available for Markdown comments.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002135
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002136If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above, you can
2137also turn on special highlighting for JavaScript, Visual Basic scripts, and
2138embedded CSS (stylesheets). This only makes sense if any of these languages
2139actually appear in Javadoc comments. The variables to use are >
2140 :let g:java_javascript = 1
2141 :let g:java_css = 1
2142 :let g:java_vb = 1
2143Note that these three variables are maintained in the HTML syntax file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002144
Aliaksei Budavei30a8ad62024-07-31 22:16:08 +02002145Numbers and strings can be recognized in non-Javadoc comments with >
2146 :let g:java_comment_strings = 1
2147
Aliaksei Budavei2750b832024-08-22 21:09:32 +02002148When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax", blocks of code and multi-line comments
2149will be folded. No text is usually written in the first line of a multi-line
2150comment, making folded contents of Javadoc comments less informative with the
2151default 'foldtext' value; you may opt for showing the contents of a second
2152line for any comments written in this way, and showing the contents of a first
2153line otherwise, with >
2154 :let g:java_foldtext_show_first_or_second_line = 1
2155
Aliaksei Budavei30a8ad62024-07-31 22:16:08 +02002156Trailing whitespace characters or a run of space characters before a tab
2157character can be marked as an error with >
2158 :let g:java_space_errors = 1
2159but either kind of an error can be suppressed by also defining one of >
2160 :let g:java_no_trail_space_error = 1
2161 :let g:java_no_tab_space_error = 1
2162
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002163In order to highlight nested parens with different colors, define colors for
2164`javaParen`, `javaParen1`, and `javaParen2`. For example, >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002165 :hi link javaParen Comment
2166or >
2167 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
2168
Aliaksei Budavei5e95c8f2024-09-15 19:53:50 +02002169Certain modifiers are incompatible with each other, e.g. `abstract` and
2170`final`: >
2171 :syn list javaConceptKind
2172and can be differently highlighted as a group than other modifiers with >
2173 :hi link javaConceptKind NonText
2174
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002175If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002176when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "g:java_minlines" variable to
2177a larger number: >
2178 :let g:java_minlines = 50
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002179This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2180displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2181number is that redrawing can become slow.
2182
Aliaksei Budavei8556e232024-08-27 22:32:13 +02002183Significant changes to the Java platform are gradually introduced in the form
2184of JDK Enhancement Proposals (JEPs) that can be implemented for a release and
2185offered as its preview features. It may take several JEPs and a few release
2186cycles for such a feature to become either integrated into the platform or
2187withdrawn from this effort. To cater for early adopters, there is optional
2188support in Vim for syntax related preview features that are implemented. You
2189can request it by specifying a list of preview feature numbers as follows: >
Aliaksei Budavei50423ab2024-09-20 21:37:46 +02002190 :let g:java_syntax_previews = [455, 476]
Aliaksei Budavei8556e232024-08-27 22:32:13 +02002191
2192The supported JEP numbers are to be drawn from this table:
2193 `430`: String Templates [JDK 21]
Aliaksei Budavei23079452024-09-19 18:22:58 +02002194 `455`: Primitive types in Patterns, instanceof, and switch
Aliaksei Budavei50423ab2024-09-20 21:37:46 +02002195 `476`: Module Import Declarations
Aliaksei Budavei8556e232024-08-27 22:32:13 +02002196
2197Note that as soon as the particular preview feature will have been integrated
2198into the Java platform, its entry will be removed from the table and related
2199optionality will be discontinued.
2200
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002201
JJCUBERdc831db2024-08-13 23:42:36 +02002202JSON *json.vim* *ft-json-syntax* *g:vim_json_conceal*
h-east738ebfe2024-10-05 16:56:47 +02002203 *g:vim_json_warnings*
Bram Moolenaar589edb32019-09-20 14:38:13 +02002204
2205The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
2206default. To disable concealment: >
2207 let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
2208
2209To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
2210 let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
2211
2212
Vito79952b92024-04-26 22:36:20 +02002213JQ *jq.vim* *jq_quote_highlight* *ft-jq-syntax*
2214
2215To disable numbers having their own color add the following to your vimrc: >
2216 hi link jqNumber Normal
2217
2218If you want quotes to have different highlighting than strings >
2219 let g:jq_quote_highlight = 1
2220
Christian Brabandt4335fcf2025-01-20 21:01:41 +01002221KCONFIG *ft-kconfig-syntax*
2222
2223Kconfig syntax highlighting language. For syntax syncing, you can configure
2224the following variable (default: 50): >
2225
2226 let kconfig_minlines = 50
2227
2228To configure a bit more (heavier) highlighting, set the following variable: >
2229
2230 let kconfig_syntax_heavy = 1
Vito79952b92024-04-26 22:36:20 +02002231
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002232LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002233
2234Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
2235style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
2236define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
2237 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
2238
2239
Andis Spriņķis0f146b72024-10-13 19:29:56 +02002240LF (LFRC) *lf.vim* *ft-lf-syntax* *g:lf_shell_syntax*
2241 *b:lf_shell_syntax*
2242
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01002243For the lf file manager configuration files (lfrc) the shell commands syntax
2244highlighting can be changed globally and per buffer by setting a different
2245'include' command search pattern using these variables: >
Andis Spriņķis0f146b72024-10-13 19:29:56 +02002246 let g:lf_shell_syntax = "syntax/dosbatch.vim"
2247 let b:lf_shell_syntax = "syntax/zsh.vim"
2248
2249These variables are unset by default.
2250
2251The default 'include' command search pattern is 'syntax/sh.vim'.
2252
2253
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002254LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002255
2256Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
2257gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
2258 :syn sync minlines=300
2259may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
2260difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
2261
2262
Bram Moolenaar6fc45b52010-07-25 17:42:45 +02002263LIFELINES *lifelines.vim* *ft-lifelines-syntax*
2264
2265To highlight deprecated functions as errors, add in your .vimrc: >
2266
2267 :let g:lifelines_deprecated = 1
2268<
2269
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002270LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
2271
2272The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
2273
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002274 g:lisp_instring : If it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002275 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
2276 Useful for AutoLisp.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002277 g:lisp_rainbow : If it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002278 of parenthesization will receive different
2279 highlighting.
2280<
2281The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
2282the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
2283colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
2284specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02002285usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002286highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
2287
2288
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002289LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002290
2291There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
2292
2293If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2294
2295 :let lite_sql_query = 1
2296
2297For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2298set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2299
2300 :let lite_minlines = 200
2301
2302
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002303LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002304
Bram Moolenaard2f3a8b2018-06-19 14:35:59 +02002305LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002306file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
2307users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
2308should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
2309
2310 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
2311
2312If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002313modeline. For a LPC file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002314
2315 // vim:set ft=lpc:
2316
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002317For a C file that is recognized as LPC: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002318
2319 // vim:set ft=c:
2320
2321If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
2322
2323There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002324used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002325and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
Bram Moolenaar7e38ea22014-04-05 22:55:53 +02002326assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002327you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
2328
2329 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
2330
2331For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
2332
2333 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
2334
2335For LPC4 series of LPC: >
2336
2337 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
2338
2339For uLPC series of LPC:
2340uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
2341instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
2342
2343
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002344LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002345
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01002346The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002347the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
2348lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +020023495.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this: >
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002350
2351 :let lua_version = 5
2352 :let lua_subversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002353
2354
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002355MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002356
2357Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002358quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002359signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
2360whitespaces and end with a newline.
2361
2362Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002363as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002364only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
2365
2366By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002367displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002368with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
2369
Ken Takataeb4b9032024-07-25 21:07:13 +02002370 :let mail_minlines = 30
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002371
2372
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002373MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002374
2375In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
2376errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
2377feature off by using: >
2378
2379 :let make_no_commands = 1
2380
Ken Takataeb4b9032024-07-25 21:07:13 +02002381Comments are also highlighted by default. You can turn this off by using: >
2382
2383 :let make_no_comments = 1
2384
2385Microsoft Makefile handles variable expansion and comments differently
2386(backslashes are not used for escape). If you see any wrong highlights
2387because of this, you can try this: >
2388
2389 :let make_microsoft = 1
2390
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002391
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002392MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002393
2394Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
2395supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
2396The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
2397highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
2398
2399 :let mvpkg_all= 1
2400
2401to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
2402choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
24031, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
2404$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
2405
2406 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
2407 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
2408 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
2409 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
2410 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
2411 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
2412 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
2413 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
2414 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
2415
2416
JJCUBERdc831db2024-08-13 23:42:36 +02002417MARKDOWN *ft-markdown-syntax* *g:markdown_minlines*
2418 *g:markdown_fenced_languages* *g:markdown_syntax_conceal*
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002419
2420If you have long regions there might be wrong highlighting. At the cost of
2421slowing down displaying, you can have the engine look further back to sync on
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002422the start of a region, for example 500 lines (default is 50): >
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002423
2424 :let g:markdown_minlines = 500
2425
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002426If you want to enable fenced code block syntax highlighting in your markdown
2427documents you can enable like this: >
2428
2429 :let g:markdown_fenced_languages = ['html', 'python', 'bash=sh']
2430
2431To disable markdown syntax concealing add the following to your vimrc: >
2432
2433 :let g:markdown_syntax_conceal = 0
2434
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002435
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002436MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002437
2438Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
2439have the following in your .vimrc: >
2440
2441 let filetype_m = "mma"
2442
AvidSeekerb5844102024-07-16 21:10:50 +02002443MEDIAWIKI *ft-mediawiki-syntax*
2444
Stanislav Asunkindd36d6c2024-08-14 14:43:30 +02002445By default, syntax highlighting includes basic HTML tags like style and
AvidSeekerb5844102024-07-16 21:10:50 +02002446headers |html.vim|. For strict Mediawiki syntax highlighting: >
2447
2448 let g:html_no_rendering = 1
2449
2450If HTML highlighting is desired, terminal-based text formatting such as bold
2451and italic is possible by: >
2452
2453 let g:html_style_rendering = 1
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002454
Doug Kearns68a89472024-01-05 17:59:04 +01002455MODULA2 *modula2.vim* *ft-modula2-syntax*
2456
2457Vim will recognise comments with dialect tags to automatically select a given
2458dialect.
2459
2460The syntax for a dialect tag comment is: >
2461
2462 taggedComment :=
2463 '(*!' dialectTag '*)'
2464 ;
2465
2466 dialectTag :=
2467 m2pim | m2iso | m2r10
2468 ;
2469
2470 reserved words
2471 m2pim = 'm2pim', m2iso = 'm2iso', m2r10 = 'm2r10'
2472
2473A dialect tag comment is recognised by Vim if it occurs within the first 200
2474lines of the source file. Only the very first such comment is recognised, any
2475additional dialect tag comments are ignored.
2476
2477Example: >
2478
2479 DEFINITION MODULE FooLib; (*!m2pim*)
2480 ...
2481
2482Variable g:modula2_default_dialect sets the default Modula-2 dialect when the
2483dialect cannot be determined from the contents of the Modula-2 file: if
2484defined and set to 'm2pim', the default dialect is PIM.
2485
2486Example: >
2487
2488 let g:modula2_default_dialect = 'm2pim'
2489
2490
2491Highlighting is further configurable for each dialect via the following
2492variables.
2493
2494Variable Highlight ~
2495*modula2_iso_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2496*modula2_iso_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2497*modula2_iso_disallow_synonyms* disallow "@", "&" and "~" synonyms
2498
2499*modula2_pim_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2500*modula2_pim_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2501*modula2_pim_disallow_synonyms* disallow "&" and "~" synonyms
2502
2503*modula2_r10_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2504
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002505MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002506
2507If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
2508highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
2509comments: >
2510
2511 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
2512
2513To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
2514
2515 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
2516
2517To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
2518'%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
2519
2520 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
2521
2522Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
2523
2524 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
2525
2526To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
2527
2528 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
2529
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002530Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002531use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
2532To enable this option: >
2533
2534 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
2535
2536An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
2537
2538 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
2539
2540
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002541MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002542
2543There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
2544
2545If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2546
2547 :let msql_sql_query = 1
2548
2549For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2550set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2551
2552 :let msql_minlines = 200
2553
2554
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01002555NEOMUTT *neomutt.vim* *ft-neomuttrc-syntax*
2556 *ft-neomuttlog-syntax*
Richard Russona2aa9212024-10-13 19:40:43 +02002557
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01002558To disable the default NeoMutt log colors: >
Richard Russona2aa9212024-10-13 19:40:43 +02002559
2560 :let g:neolog_disable_default_colors = 1
2561
Bram Moolenaarc572da52017-08-27 16:52:01 +02002562N1QL *n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
2563
2564N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
2565Couchbase Server databases.
2566
2567Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
2568and special values. Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
2569many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
2570
2571
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002572NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002573
2574There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
2575
2576If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
2577errors, use this: >
2578
2579 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
2580
2581If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
2582
2583
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002584NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002585
2586The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
2587activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
2588can use them.
2589
2590For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002591processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002592features for groff, arrange for files to be recognized as groff (see
2593|ft-groff-syntax|) or add the following option to your start-up files: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002594
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002595 :let nroff_is_groff = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002596
2597Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
2598Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
2599there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002600you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002601can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
2602native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
2603\[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
2604accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
2605environments.
2606
2607In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
2608follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
2609
26101. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
2611
26122. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
2613 exclamation mark, etc.
2614
26153. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
2616 carriage return.
2617
2618The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
2619algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
2620
2621Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
2622furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
2623vertical space input will be output as is.
2624
2625Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
2626than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
2627practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002628marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02002629need to maintain regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002630spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
2631
2632 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
2633
2634Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
2635with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
2636highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002637"nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002638
2639 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
2640 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
2641 \ gui=reverse,bold
2642
2643If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
2644with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
2645file: >
2646
2647 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
2648
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002649As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002650paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
2651
2652Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
2653groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
2654
2655
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002656OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002657
2658The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
2659.mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
2660
2661 :let ocaml_revised = 1
2662
2663you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
2664by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
2665
2666 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
2667
2668prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
2669contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
2670
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002671PANDOC *ft-pandoc-syntax*
2672
2673By default, markdown files will be detected as filetype "markdown".
2674Alternatively, you may want them to be detected as filetype "pandoc" instead.
Christian Brabandt2606e772024-07-04 11:23:51 +02002675To do so, set the *g:filetype_md* var: >
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002676
Christian Brabandt2606e772024-07-04 11:23:51 +02002677 :let g:filetype_md = 'pandoc'
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002678
2679The pandoc syntax plugin uses |conceal| for pretty highlighting. Default is 1 >
2680
2681 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#use = 1
2682
2683To specify elements that should not be concealed, set the following variable: >
2684
2685 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist = []
2686
zeertzjq7c515282024-11-10 20:26:12 +01002687This is a list of the rules which can be used here:
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002688
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02002689 - titleblock
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002690 - image
2691 - block
2692 - subscript
2693 - superscript
2694 - strikeout
2695 - atx
2696 - codeblock_start
2697 - codeblock_delim
2698 - footnote
2699 - definition
2700 - list
2701 - newline
2702 - dashes
2703 - ellipses
2704 - quotes
2705 - inlinecode
2706 - inlinemath
2707
2708You can customize the way concealing works. For example, if you prefer to mark
2709footnotes with the `*` symbol: >
2710
2711 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#cchar_overrides = {"footnote" : "*"}
2712
2713To conceal the urls in links, use: >
2714
2715 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#urls = 1
2716
2717Prevent highlighting specific codeblock types so that they remain Normal.
2718Codeblock types include "definition" for codeblocks inside definition blocks
2719and "delimited" for delimited codeblocks. Default = [] >
2720
2721 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#ignore = ['definition']
2722
2723Use embedded highlighting for delimited codeblocks where a language is
2724specified. Default = 1 >
2725
2726 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#use = 1
2727
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01002728For specify what languages and using what syntax files to highlight embeds.
2729This is a list of language names. When the language pandoc and vim use don't
2730match, you can use the "PANDOC=VIM" syntax. For example: >
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002731
2732 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs = ["ruby", "bash=sh"]
2733
2734To use italics and strong in emphases. Default = 1 >
2735
Christian Brabandta0400192024-04-09 08:06:52 +02002736 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#emphases = 1
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002737
2738"0" will add "block" to g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist, because otherwise
2739you couldn't tell where the styles are applied.
2740
2741To add underline subscript, superscript and strikeout text styles. Default = 1 >
2742
2743 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#underline_special = 1
2744
2745Detect and highlight definition lists. Disabling this can improve performance.
2746Default = 1 (i.e., enabled by default) >
2747
2748 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#use_definition_lists = 1
2749
2750The pandoc syntax script also comes with the following commands: >
2751
2752 :PandocHighlight LANG
2753
2754Enables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks. Uses the
2755syntax for items in g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs. >
2756
2757 :PandocUnhighlight LANG
2758
2759Disables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002760
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002761PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002762
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002763The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002764and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002765as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
2766sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002767you set the variable: >
2768
2769 :let papp_include_html=1
2770
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00002771in your startup file it will try to syntax-highlight html code inside phtml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002772sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002773edit sensibly. ;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002774
2775The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
2776http://papp.plan9.de.
2777
2778
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002779PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002780
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002781Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
2782could be Puppet or Pascal. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
2783or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002784
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002785 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
2786 :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002787
2788The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
2789provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002790Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002791enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
2792following line to your startup file: >
2793
2794 :let pascal_traditional=1
2795
2796To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
2797keywords, etc): >
2798
2799 :let pascal_delphi=1
2800
2801
2802The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
2803*, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
2804operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
2805
2806 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
2807
2808Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
2809
2810 :let pascal_no_functions=1
2811
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02002812Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002813pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
2814match Turbo Pascal. >
2815
2816 :let pascal_gpc=1
2817
2818or >
2819
2820 :let pascal_fpc=1
2821
2822To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
2823pascal_one_line_string variable. >
2824
2825 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
2826
2827If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
2828will be highlighted as Error. >
2829
2830 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
2831
2832
2833
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002834PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002835
2836There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
2837
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002838Inline POD highlighting is now turned on by default. If you don't wish
2839to have the added complexity of highlighting POD embedded within Perl
2840files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002841
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002842 :let perl_include_pod = 0
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002843
Bram Moolenaar822ff862014-06-12 21:46:14 +02002844To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002845off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002846
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002847To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
2848from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002849
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002850 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002851
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002852(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
2853enabled it.)
2854
2855If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
2856
2857 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
2858
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00002859(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002860
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002861The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will
2862be highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002863perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
2864
2865 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
2866 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
2867 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
2868
2869(^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
2870
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002871The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002872synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
2873If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02002874then you should try and switch off one of those. Let the developer know if
2875you can figure out the line that causes the mistake.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002876
2877One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
2878
2879 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
2880 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
2881
2882Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
2883its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
2884
2885 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
2886
2887If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
2888
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002889 :let perl_fold = 1
2890
2891If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
2892
2893 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002894
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002895Subroutines are folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. If you do not want
2896this, you can set 'perl_nofold_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002897
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002898 :let perl_nofold_subs = 1
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002899
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002900Anonymous subroutines are not folded by default; you may enable their folding
2901via 'perl_fold_anonymous_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002902
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002903 :let perl_fold_anonymous_subs = 1
2904
2905Packages are also folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. To disable this
2906behavior, set 'perl_nofold_packages': >
2907
2908 :let perl_nofold_packages = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002909
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002910PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002911
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002912[Note: Previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002913it has been renamed to "php"]
2914
2915There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
2916
2917If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
2918
2919 let php_sql_query = 1
2920
2921For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
2922
2923 let php_baselib = 1
2924
2925Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
2926
2927 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
2928
2929Using the old colorstyle: >
2930
2931 let php_oldStyle = 1
2932
2933Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
2934
2935 let php_asp_tags = 1
2936
2937Disable short tags: >
2938
2939 let php_noShortTags = 1
2940
2941For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
2942
2943 let php_parent_error_close = 1
2944
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02002945For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002946one: >
2947
2948 let php_parent_error_open = 1
2949
2950Enable folding for classes and functions: >
2951
2952 let php_folding = 1
2953
2954Selecting syncing method: >
2955
2956 let php_sync_method = x
2957
2958x = -1 to sync by search (default),
2959x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
2960x = 0 to sync from start.
2961
2962
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002963PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
2964
2965TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
2966variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002967see |ft-tex-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002968
2969This syntax file has the option >
2970
2971 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
2972
2973if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
2974
2975
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002976PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002977
2978PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
2979
2980This syntax file has the options:
2981
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002982- ppwiz_highlight_defs : Determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002983 definitions. Possible values are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002984
2985 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002986 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002987
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002988 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : Preprocessor #define and #evaluate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002989 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002990 continuation symbols.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002991
2992 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
2993
2994- ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
2995 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
2996
2997
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002998PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002999
3000There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
3001
3002If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
3003
3004 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
3005
3006For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3007set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3008
3009 :let phtml_minlines = 200
3010
3011
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003012POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003013
3014There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
3015
3016First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
3017currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
3018and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
3019Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
3020extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
3021level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
3022highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
3023
3024 :let postscr_level=2
3025
3026If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
3027the most prevalent version currently.
3028
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003029Note: Not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003030particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
3031PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
3032
3033If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
3034Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
3035follows: >
3036
3037 :let postscr_display=1
3038
3039If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
3040Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
3041postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
3042
3043 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
3044
3045PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
3046useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
3047cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
3048character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
3049explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
3050highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
3051
3052 :let postscr_fonts=1
3053 :let postscr_encodings=1
3054
3055There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
3056PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
3057operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
3058if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
3059operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
3060or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
3061highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
3062postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
3063
3064 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
3065<
3066
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003067 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
3068PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003069
3070This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
3071
3072In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
3073the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
3074appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
3075patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
3076"term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
3077
3078For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
3079files, add the following: >
3080
3081 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
3082 \ set filetype=ptcap
3083
3084If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
3085are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
3086internal variable to a larger number: >
3087
3088 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
3089
3090(The default is 20 lines.)
3091
3092
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003093PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003094
3095Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
3096doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
3097startup vimrc: >
3098 :let filetype_w = "progress"
3099The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
3100Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
3101 :let filetype_i = "progress"
3102 :let filetype_p = "progress"
3103
3104
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003105PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003106
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003107There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003108
3109For highlighted numbers: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003110 :let python_no_number_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003111
3112For highlighted builtin functions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003113 :let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003114
3115For highlighted standard exceptions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003116 :let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
3117
3118For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
3119 :let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
3120or >
3121 :let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003122The first option implies the second one.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003123
Bram Moolenaar4a748032010-09-30 21:47:56 +02003124For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003125 :let python_space_error_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003126
h_east59858792023-10-25 22:47:05 +09003127If you want all possible Python highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003128 :let python_highlight_all = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003129This has the same effect as setting python_space_error_highlight and
3130unsetting all the other ones.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003131
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003132If you use Python 2 or straddling code (Python 2 and 3 compatible),
3133you can enforce the use of an older syntax file with support for
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01003134Python 2 and up to Python 3.5. >
3135 :let python_use_python2_syntax = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003136This option will exclude all modern Python 3.6 or higher features.
3137
3138Note: Only existence of these options matters, not their value.
3139 You can replace 1 above with anything.
3140
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003141
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003142QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003143
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003144The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
3145based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary a bit
3146between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
3147definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
3148to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables can
3149be set for the following effects:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003150
3151set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
3152 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
3153
3154set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
3155 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
3156
3157set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
3158 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
3159
3160Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
3161commands than are actually available to you by the game.
3162
3163
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02003164R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax*
3165
3166The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
3167can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
3168 let r_syntax_minlines = 60
3169
3170You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
3171 let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0
3172
3173enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly
3174braces: >
3175 let r_syntax_folding = 1
3176
3177and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: >
3178 let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1
3179
3180
3181R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax*
3182
3183To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: >
3184 let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0
3185
3186To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: >
3187 let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0
3188
3189To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
3190 let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3191
3192By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
Jakson Alves de Aquino9042bd82023-12-25 09:22:27 +00003193language. Moreover, whenever the buffer is saved, Vim scans the buffer and
3194highlights other languages if they are present in new chunks. LaTeX code also
3195is automatically recognized and highlighted when the buffer is saved. This
3196behavior can be controlled with the variables `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages`,
3197and `rmd_include_latex` whose valid values are: >
3198 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 0 " No autodetection of languages
3199 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 1 " Autodetection of languages
3200 let rmd_include_latex = 0 " Don't highlight LaTeX code
3201 let rmd_include_latex = 1 " Autodetect LaTeX code
3202 let rmd_include_latex = 2 " Always include LaTeX highlighting
3203
3204If the value of `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages` is 0, you still can set the
3205list of languages whose chunks of code should be properly highlighted, as in
3206the example: >
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02003207 let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python']
3208
3209
3210R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax*
3211
3212To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
3213 let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3214
3215
Pierrick Guillaume280e5b12024-05-31 12:00:49 +02003216RASI *rasi.vim* *ft-rasi-syntax*
3217
3218Rasi stands for Rofi Advanced Style Information. It is used by the program
Christian Brabandtf3dd6f62024-05-31 12:26:12 +02003219rofi to style the rendering of the search window. The language is heavily
Pierrick Guillaume280e5b12024-05-31 12:00:49 +02003220inspired by CSS stylesheet. Files with the following extensions are recognized
3221as rasi files: .rasi.
3222
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003223READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003224
3225The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003226few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003227items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
3228command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
3229 let readline_has_bash = 1
3230
3231This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
3232later, and part earlier) adds.
3233
3234
Bram Moolenaar95a9dd12019-12-19 22:12:03 +01003235REGO *rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
3236
3237Rego is a query language developed by Styra. It is mostly used as a policy
3238language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything. Files with
3239the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
3240
3241
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003242RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
3243
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003244Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
3245select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
3246syntax list.
3247
3248To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003249 let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003250
3251To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
3252`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
3253 let rst_syntax_code_list = {
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003254 \ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
3255 \ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003256 ...
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003257 \ }
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003258
3259To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
3260 let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
3261
3262To enable folding of sections: >
3263 let rst_fold_enabled = 1
3264
3265Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
3266
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003267
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003268REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003269
3270If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3271when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
3272to a larger number: >
3273 :let rexx_minlines = 50
3274This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
3275displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
3276number is that redrawing can become slow.
3277
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02003278Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is. If it can't be detected (from
3279comment lines), the default is "r". To make the default rexx add this line to
3280your .vimrc: *g:filetype_r*
3281>
3282 :let g:filetype_r = "r"
3283
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003284
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003285RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003286
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003287 Ruby: Operator highlighting |ruby_operators|
3288 Ruby: Whitespace errors |ruby_space_errors|
3289 Ruby: Folding |ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
3290 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations |ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
3291 Ruby: Spellchecking strings |ruby_spellcheck_strings|
3292
3293 *ruby_operators*
3294 Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
3295
3296Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
3297
3298 :let ruby_operators = 1
3299<
3300 *ruby_space_errors*
3301 Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
3302
3303Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
3304
3305 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
3306<
3307This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
3308as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
3309"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
3310spaces respectively.
3311
3312 *ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
3313 Ruby: Folding ~
3314
3315Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
3316
3317 :let ruby_fold = 1
3318<
3319This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
3320buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
3321filetypes.
3322
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003323Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
3324"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
3325
3326You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
3327
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003328 :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003329<
3330The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
3331
3332 keyword meaning ~
3333 -------- ------------------------------------- ~
3334 ALL Most block syntax (default)
3335 NONE Nothing
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003336 if "if" or "unless" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003337 def "def" block
3338 class "class" block
3339 module "module" block
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003340 do "do" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003341 begin "begin" block
3342 case "case" block
3343 for "for", "while", "until" loops
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003344 { Curly bracket block or hash literal
3345 [ Array literal
3346 % Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
3347 / Regexp
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003348 string String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003349 : Symbol
3350 # Multiline comment
3351 << Here documents
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003352 __END__ Source code after "__END__" directive
3353
3354 *ruby_no_expensive*
3355 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003356
3357By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003358of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003359experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
3360you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003361
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003362 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003363<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003364In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
3365
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003366 *ruby_minlines*
3367
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003368If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
3369scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
3370the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003371
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003372 :let ruby_minlines = 100
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003373<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003374Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
3375largest class or module.
3376
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003377 *ruby_spellcheck_strings*
3378 Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003379
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003380Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
3381"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003382
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003383 :let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003384<
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003385
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003386SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003387
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003388By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003389
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003390scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
3391Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003392
3393
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003394SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003395
3396The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
3397of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
3398
3399The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
3400case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003401used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003402highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
3403 :let sdl_2000=1
3404
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003405This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003406keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
3407 :let SDL_no_96=1
3408
3409
3410The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
3411satisfied with it for my own projects.
3412
3413
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003414SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003415
3416To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003417highlighting on the tabs), define "g:sed_highlight_tabs" by putting >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003418
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003419 :let g:sed_highlight_tabs = 1
3420<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003421in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3422inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3423by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3424also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3425you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3426
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003427GNU sed allows comments after text on the same line. BSD sed only allows
3428comments where "#" is the first character of the line. To enforce BSD-style
3429comments, i.e. mark end-of-line comments as errors, use: >
3430
3431 :let g:sed_dialect = "bsd"
3432<
3433Note that there are other differences between GNU sed and BSD sed which are
3434not (yet) affected by this setting.
3435
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003436Bugs:
3437
3438 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3439 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3440 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3441 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3442 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3443 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3444
3445
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003446SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003447
3448The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3449
3450The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3451This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3452closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3453defined for you)
3454
3455Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3456names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3457
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003458Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003459names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3460
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003461Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003462are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3463text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3464<replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3465
3466If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3467following syntax groups:
3468
3469 - sgmlBold
3470 - sgmlBoldItalic
3471 - sgmlUnderline
3472 - sgmlItalic
3473 - sgmlLink for links
3474
3475To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3476following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3477are read during initialization) >
3478 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3479
3480You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3481vimrc file: >
3482 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3483
3484(Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3485
3486
Bram Moolenaar4466ad62020-11-21 13:16:30 +01003487 *ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003488SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003489
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003490This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
3491shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003492
3493Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003494various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003495
3496 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3497 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3498<
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003499See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these
3500cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
3501/bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
3502that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
3503shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is
3504symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003505
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003506One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003507variables in your <.vimrc>:
3508
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003509 ksh: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003510 let g:is_kornshell = 1
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003511< posix: (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003512 let g:is_posix = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003513< bash: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003514 let g:is_bash = 1
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003515< sh: (default) Bourne shell >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003516 let g:is_sh = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003517
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003518< (dash users should use posix)
3519
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003520If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
3521default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003522the Bourne shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
3523statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003524sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003525
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003526The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
3527
3528 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
3529 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
3530 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
3531 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003532>
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003533then various syntax items (ie. HereDocuments and function bodies) become
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003534syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
3535to get multiple types of folding: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003536
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003537 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
3538
3539If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
3540when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003541to a larger number. Example: >
3542
3543 let sh_minlines = 500
3544
3545This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3546displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3547number is that redrawing can become slow.
3548
3549If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3550reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3551
3552 let sh_maxlines = 100
3553<
3554The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3555speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3556
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003557syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
Bram Moolenaar9fbdbb82022-09-27 17:30:34 +01003558unmatched "]", "done", "fi", etc. If you find the error handling problematic
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003559for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
3560the following line in your .vimrc: >
3561
3562 let g:sh_no_error= 1
3563<
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003564
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003565 *sh-embed* *sh-awk*
3566 Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003567
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003568You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
3569Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
3570file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
3571
Bram Moolenaardae8d212016-02-27 22:40:16 +01003572 " AWK Embedding:
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003573 " ==============
3574 " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
3575 if exists("b:current_syntax")
3576 unlet b:current_syntax
3577 endif
3578 syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
3579 syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
3580 syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
3581 syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
3582 hi def link AWKCommand Type
3583<
3584This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
3585 awk '...awk code here...'
3586be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
3587extended to other languages.
3588
3589
3590SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
3591(AspenTech plant simulator)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003592
3593The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3594
3595- strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3596 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3597 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3598
3599- highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3600 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003601 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003602 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3603 them in the syntax file.
3604
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003605- oneline_comments : This value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003606 highlighting of # style comments.
3607
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003608 oneline_comments = 1 : Allow normal Speedup code after an even
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003609 number of #s.
3610
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003611 oneline_comments = 2 : Show code starting with the second # as
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003612 error. This is the default setting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003613
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003614 oneline_comments = 3 : Show the whole line as error if it contains
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003615 more than one #.
3616
3617Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003618PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003619fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3620the syntax file.
3621
3622
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003623SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
3624 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003625 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003626
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003627While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
3628custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
3629SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003630
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003631Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
3632scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
3633supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
3634buffer by buffer basis.
3635
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003636For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003637
3638
Bram Moolenaar47003982021-12-05 21:54:04 +00003639SQUIRREL *squirrel.vim* *ft-squirrel-syntax*
3640
3641Squirrel is a high level imperative, object-oriented programming language,
3642designed to be a light-weight scripting language that fits in the size, memory
3643bandwidth, and real-time requirements of applications like video games. Files
3644with the following extensions are recognized as squirrel files: .nut.
3645
3646
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003647TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003648
3649This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3650for how the filetype is detected.
3651
3652Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003653is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist
3654add this line to your .vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003655
3656 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3657
3658If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3659when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3660to a larger number: >
3661
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003662 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003663
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003664This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
3665displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
3666synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
3667tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
3668redrawing can become slow.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003669
3670
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003671TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003672 *syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003673
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003674 Tex Contents~
3675 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? |tex-folding|
3676 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted |g:tex_nospell|
3677 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? |tex-nospell|
3678 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones? |tex-verb|
3679 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones |tex-runon|
3680 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? |tex-slow|
3681 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? |tex-morecommands|
3682 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? |tex-error|
3683 Tex: Need a new Math Group? |tex-math|
3684 Tex: Starting a New Style? |tex-style|
3685 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode |tex-conceal|
3686 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode |g:tex_conceal|
3687 Tex: Controlling iskeyword |g:tex_isk|
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003688 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control |tex-supersub|
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003689 Tex: Match Check Control |tex-matchcheck|
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003690
3691 *tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003692 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003693
3694As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
3695sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
3696 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
3697in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
3698modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
3699 % vim: fdm=syntax
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003700If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
Bram Moolenaar6c1e1572019-06-22 02:13:00 +02003701 https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003702<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003703 *g:tex_nospell*
3704 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
3705
3706If you don't want spell checking anywhere in your LaTeX document, put >
3707 let g:tex_nospell=1
3708into your .vimrc. If you merely wish to suppress spell checking inside
3709comments only, see |g:tex_comment_nospell|.
3710
3711 *tex-nospell* *g:tex_comment_nospell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003712 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003713
3714Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
3715prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
3716this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3717 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003718If you want to suppress spell checking everywhere inside your LaTeX document,
3719see |g:tex_nospell|.
3720
3721 *tex-verb* *g:tex_verbspell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003722 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
Bram Moolenaar74cbdf02010-08-04 23:03:17 +02003723
3724Often verbatim regions are used for things like source code; seldom does
3725one want source code spell-checked. However, for those of you who do
3726want your verbatim zones spell-checked, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3727 let g:tex_verbspell= 1
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003728<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003729 *tex-runon* *tex-stopzone*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003730 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003731
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003732The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3733highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
3734texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
3735terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
3736as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003737special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3738 %stopzone
3739which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3740texMathZone.
3741
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003742 *tex-slow* *tex-sync*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003743 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003744
3745If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3746 :syn sync maxlines=200
3747 :syn sync minlines=50
3748(especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003749increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003750if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3751
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003752Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
3753|tex-folding| for a way around this.
3754
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003755 *g:tex_fast*
3756
3757Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
3758
3759 :let g:tex_fast= ""
3760
3761in your .vimrc. Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
3762highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
3763synchronization. The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
3764price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
3765folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
3766
3767You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
3768selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
3769
3770 b : allow bold and italic syntax
3771 c : allow texComment syntax
3772 m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
3773 M : allow texMath syntax
3774 p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
3775 r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
3776 s : allow superscript/subscript regions
3777 S : allow texStyle syntax
3778 v : allow verbatim syntax
3779 V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
3780<
3781As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
3782but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003783(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003784
3785 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003786 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003787
3788LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
3789of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
3790package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
3791it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
3792techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
Bram Moolenaarb6b046b2011-12-30 13:11:27 +01003793by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
3794which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
3795http://vim.sf.net/.
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003796
Bram Moolenaar93a1df22018-09-10 11:51:50 +02003797I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: >
3798
3799 http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS
3800<
3801The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory.
3802
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003803 *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003804 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003805
3806The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3807although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3808errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3809you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003810 let g:tex_no_error=1
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003811and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003812
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003813 *tex-math*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003814 Tex: Need a new Math Group? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003815
3816If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3817code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003818 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
3819You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
3820(currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
3821As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
3822 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
3823You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
3824and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3825The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
3826has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003827
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003828 *tex-style* *b:tex_stylish*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003829 Tex: Starting a New Style? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003830
3831One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3832commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3833following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3834such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3835
3836 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3837 :set ft=tex
3838
3839Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3840always accept such use of @.
3841
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003842 *tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003843 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003844
Bram Moolenaar477db062010-07-28 18:17:41 +02003845If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
3846number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
3847including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
3848superscripts and subscripts in MathZones. Not all characters can be made into
3849superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
3850In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
3851
3852One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
3853with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003854
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003855 *g:tex_conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003856 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
3857
3858You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003859<.vimrc>. By default, g:tex_conceal is set to "admgs" to enable concealment
3860for the following sets of characters: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003861
3862 a = accents/ligatures
Bram Moolenaard38b0552012-04-25 19:07:41 +02003863 b = bold and italic
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003864 d = delimiters
3865 m = math symbols
3866 g = Greek
3867 s = superscripts/subscripts
3868<
3869By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
3870substitution will not be made.
3871
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003872 *g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
3873 Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
3874
3875Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
3876keywords don't support the underscore - except when in *.sty files. The
3877syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
3878
3879 * If g:tex_stylish exists and is 1
3880 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3881 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003882 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003883 * Else if the file's suffix is sty, cls, clo, dtx, or ltx,
3884 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3885 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003886 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003887
3888 * If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
3889 * Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
3890
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003891 *tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
3892 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
3893
3894 See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
3895
3896 See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
3897 math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
3898
3899 One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
3900 wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|). Since not all
3901 fonts support all characters, one may override the
3902 concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
3903
3904 let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
3905 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
3906<
3907 For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
3908 characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
3909 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
3910< in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
3911 utf-8 glyphs appear.
3912
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003913 *tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
3914 Tex: Match Check Control~
3915
3916 Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02003917 and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10]} is a range from but
3918 not including 1 to and including 10. This wish, of course, conflicts
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003919 with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection. To
3920 accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
3921 g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
3922< which is shown along with its default setting. So, if one doesn't
3923 want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
3924 let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
3925< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
3926 regions, >
3927 let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
3928< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003929
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003930TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003931
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003932There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3933
3934For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3935set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3936
3937 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3938<
rhysd5e457152024-05-24 18:59:10 +02003939TYPESCRIPT *typescript.vim* *ft-typescript-syntax*
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01003940 *typescriptreact.vim* *ft-typescriptreact-syntax*
rhysd5e457152024-05-24 18:59:10 +02003941
3942There is one option to control the TypeScript syntax highlighting.
3943
3944 *g:typescript_host_keyword*
3945When this variable is set to 1, host-specific APIs such as `addEventListener`
3946are highlighted. To disable set it to zero in your .vimrc: >
3947
3948 let g:typescript_host_keyword = 0
3949<
3950The default value is 1.
3951
Gregory Anders1cc4cae2024-07-15 20:00:48 +02003952TYPST *ft-typst-syntax*
3953
3954 *g:typst_embedded_languages*
3955Typst files can embed syntax highlighting for other languages by setting the
3956|g:typst_embedded_languages| variable. This variable is a list of language
3957names whose syntax definitions will be included in Typst files. Example: >
3958
3959 let g:typst_embedded_languages = ['python', 'r']
3960
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003961VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
3962 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02003963There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003964updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
3965g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
3966improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003967
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003968 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3969 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3970<
3971 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
3972 these two options)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003973
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003974 *g:vimsyn_embed*
3975The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
3976embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003977
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003978 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't support any embedded scripts
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003979 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded Lua
3980 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded MzScheme
3981 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded Perl
3982 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded Python
3983 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded Ruby
3984 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded Tcl
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003985<
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003986By default, g:vimsyn_embed is a string supporting interpreters that your vim
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003987itself supports. Concatenate the indicated characters to support multiple
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003988types of embedded interpreters (e.g., g:vimsyn_embed = "mp" supports embedded
3989mzscheme and embedded perl).
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003990 *g:vimsyn_folding*
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003991Some folding is now supported with when 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003992
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003993 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
Doug Kearns818c6412024-10-06 17:00:48 +02003994 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : fold augroups
3995 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'c' : fold Vim9 classes
3996 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'e' : fold Vim9 enums
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003997 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
Doug Kearnsce064932024-04-13 18:24:01 +02003998 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'h' : fold heredocs
Doug Kearns818c6412024-10-06 17:00:48 +02003999 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'i' : fold Vim9 interfaces
4000 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'H' : fold Vim9 legacy headers
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10004001 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold Lua script
4002 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold MzScheme script
4003 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold Perl script
4004 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold Python script
4005 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold Ruby script
4006 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold Tcl script
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +02004007<
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02004008
4009By default, g:vimsyn_folding is unset. Concatenate the indicated characters
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10004010to support folding of multiple syntax constructs (e.g.,
4011g:vimsyn_folding = "fh" will enable folding of both functions and heredocs).
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02004012
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10004013 *g:vimsyn_comment_strings*
4014By default, strings are highlighted inside comments. This may be disabled by
4015setting g:vimsyn_comment_strings to false.
4016
4017 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
Bram Moolenaarb544f3c2017-02-23 19:03:28 +01004018Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
4019is a difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004020highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00004021
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004022 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
4023<
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00004024
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004025
Bram Moolenaar86b48162022-12-06 18:20:10 +00004026WDL *wdl.vim* *wdl-syntax*
4027
4028The Workflow Description Language is a way to specify data processing workflows
4029with a human-readable and writeable syntax. This is used a lot in
4030bioinformatics. More info on the spec can be found here:
4031https://github.com/openwdl/wdl
4032
4033
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00004034XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004035
4036The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
4037variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
4038You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
4039xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
4040your .vimrc. Example: >
4041 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
4042When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
4043
4044Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
4045"SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
4046highlighted.
4047
4048
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00004049XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004050
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004051Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004052setting a global variable: >
4053
4054 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
4055<
4056 *xml-folding*
4057The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004058start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004059
4060 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
4061 :set foldmethod=syntax
4062
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01004063Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004064especially for large files.
4065
4066
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00004067X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004068
4069xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
4070XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
4071you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
4072
4073To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
4074somewhere else with "P".
4075
4076Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
4077 :function! GetPixel()
Bram Moolenaar61660ea2006-04-07 21:40:07 +00004078 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004079 : echo c
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00004080 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
4081 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004082 :endfunction
4083 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
4084 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
4085This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
4086It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
4087must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
4088
4089It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
4090 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
4091
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004092
4093YAML *yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
4094
4095 *g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01004096A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
4097non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
4098plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
4099and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
4100integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004101will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
4102
4103Schema Description ~
4104failsafe No additional highlighting.
4105json Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
4106core Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01004107pyyaml In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
4108 but there are some differences in what is recognized as
4109 numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004110 schema.
4111
4112Default schema is `core`.
4113
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01004114Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
4115only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004116difference defined in the syntax file.
4117
Bram Moolenaarf3913272016-02-25 00:00:01 +01004118
4119ZSH *zsh.vim* *ft-zsh-syntax*
4120
4121The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
4122
4123 :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
4124
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004125==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010041266. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004127
4128Vim understands three types of syntax items:
4129
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000041301. Keyword
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01004131 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the characters
4132 specified with |:syn-iskeyword| or the 'iskeyword' option. It cannot
4133 contain other syntax items. It will only match with a complete word (there
4134 are no keyword characters before or after the match). The keyword "if"
4135 would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because "(" is not a
4136 keyword character and "d" is.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004137
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000041382. Match
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004139 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
4140
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000041413. Region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004142 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
4143 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
4144 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
4145
4146Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
4147you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
4148to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
4149and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
4150"Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
4151one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
4152This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
4153each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
4154for a lot of groups.
4155
4156Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
4157group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
4158for the syntax group with the same name.
4159
4160In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
4161defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
4162using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
4163match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
4164keyword with ignoring case.
4165
4166
4167PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
4168
4169When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
4170
41711. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
4172 defined last has priority.
41732. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
41743. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
4175 start in later positions.
4176
4177
4178DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
4179
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004180:sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004181 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
4182 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
4183 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
4184 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
4185
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004186:sy[ntax] case
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004187 Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004188
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004189
4190DEFINING FOLDLEVEL *:syn-foldlevel*
4191
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004192:sy[ntax] foldlevel start
4193:sy[ntax] foldlevel minimum
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004194 This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
4195 foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
4196
4197 start: Use level of item containing start of line.
4198 minimum: Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
4199
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004200 The default is "start". Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004201 for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
4202 higher level. This produces more natural folds when syntax items
4203 may close and open horizontally within a line.
4204
4205:sy[ntax] foldlevel
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004206 Show the current foldlevel method, either "syntax foldlevel start" or
4207 "syntax foldlevel minimum".
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004208
4209 {not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4210
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004211SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
4212
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004213:sy[ntax] spell toplevel
4214:sy[ntax] spell notoplevel
4215:sy[ntax] spell default
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004216 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
4217 in a syntax item:
4218
4219 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
4220 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
4221 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
4222
4223 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
4224 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
4225 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
4226
4227 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
4228
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004229:sy[ntax] spell
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004230 Show the current syntax spell checking method, either "syntax spell
4231 toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or "syntax spell default".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004232
4233
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004234SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING *:syn-iskeyword*
4235
4236:sy[ntax] iskeyword [clear | {option}]
4237 This defines the keyword characters. It's like the 'iskeyword' option
4238 for but only applies to syntax highlighting.
4239
4240 clear: Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
4241 buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00004242 {option} Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004243
4244 Example: >
4245 :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
4246<
4247 This would set the syntax specific iskeyword option to include all
4248 alphabetic characters, plus the numeric characters, all accented
4249 characters and also includes the "_" and the "$".
4250
4251 If no argument is given, the current value will be output.
4252
4253 Setting this option influences what |/\k| matches in syntax patterns
Bram Moolenaar298b4402016-01-28 22:38:53 +01004254 and also determines where |:syn-keyword| will be checked for a new
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004255 match.
4256
Bram Moolenaard0796902016-09-16 20:02:31 +02004257 It is recommended when writing syntax files, to use this command to
4258 set the correct value for the specific syntax language and not change
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004259 the 'iskeyword' option.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004260
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004261DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
4262
4263:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
4264
4265 This defines a number of keywords.
4266
4267 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
4268 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4269 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
4270
4271 Example: >
4272 :syntax keyword Type int long char
4273<
4274 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
4275 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
4276 These examples do exactly the same: >
4277 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
4278 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
4279 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
Bram Moolenaar88774fd2015-08-25 19:52:04 +02004280< *E789* *E890*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004281 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
4282 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
4283 variations at once: >
4284 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
4285<
4286 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
4287 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
4288 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
4289 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
4290 'iskeyword'.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004291 See |:syn-iskeyword| for defining syntax specific iskeyword settings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004292
4293 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
4294 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
4295 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
4296
4297 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
4298 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
4299 instead.
4300
4301 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
4302
4303 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
4304 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
4305 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004306 highlight group. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004307 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
4308 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
4309< When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
4310 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
4311 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
4312
4313
4314DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
4315
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004316:sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}]
4317 [excludenl]
4318 [keepend]
4319 {pattern}
4320 [{options}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004321
4322 This defines one match.
4323
4324 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4325 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4326 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4327 extend a containing match or region. Must be
4328 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004329 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4330 match with the end pattern. See
4331 |:syn-keepend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004332 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
4333 See |:syn-pattern| below.
4334 Note that the pattern may match more than one
4335 line, which makes the match depend on where
4336 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
4337 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
4338
4339 Example (match a character constant): >
4340 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4341<
4342
4343DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
4344 *E398* *E399*
4345:sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
4346 [matchgroup={group-name}]
4347 [keepend]
4348 [extend]
4349 [excludenl]
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004350 start={start-pattern} ..
4351 [skip={skip-pattern}]
4352 end={end-pattern} ..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004353 [{options}]
4354
4355 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
4356
4357 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4358 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4359 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
4360 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
4361 for the text in between the matched start and
4362 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
4363 a different group for the start or end match.
4364 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
4365 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4366 match with the end pattern. See
4367 |:syn-keepend|.
4368 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004369 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004370 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4371 extend a containing match or item. Only
4372 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
4373 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004374 start={start-pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004375 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004376 skip={skip-pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004377 the region where not to look for the end
4378 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004379 end={end-pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004380 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
4381
4382 Example: >
4383 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4384<
4385 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
4386 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
4387 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
4388 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
4389 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
4390 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
4391
4392 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
4393 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
4394 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
4395 the end patterns.
4396
4397 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
4398 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
4399 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
4400
4401 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
4402 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
4403 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
4404 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
4405
4406 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
4407 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
4408 work: >
4409 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
4410 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
4411< The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
4412 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
4413 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
4414 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
4415 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
4416< This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
4417 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
4418
4419 *:syn-keepend*
4420 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
4421 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
4422 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
4423 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
4424 { starts outer "{}" region
4425 { starts contained "{}" region
4426 } ends contained "{}" region
4427 } ends outer "{} region
4428 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
4429 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
4430 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
4431 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
4432 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
4433 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
4434 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
4435< The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
4436 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
4437
4438 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
4439 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
4440 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
4441 contained matches.
4442 *:syn-extend*
4443 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
4444 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
4445 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
4446 extended.
4447 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
4448 others don't. Example: >
4449
4450 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
4451 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
4452 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
4453
4454< Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
4455 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
4456 item does extend the htmlRef item.
4457
4458 Another example: >
4459 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
4460< This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
4461 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
4462 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
4463 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
4464 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
4465
4466 *:syn-excludenl*
4467 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
4468 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
4469 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
4470 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
4471 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
4472 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
4473 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
4474 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
4475 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
4476 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
4477 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
4478 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
4479 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
4480
4481 *:syn-matchgroup*
4482 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
4483 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
4484 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4485< This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
4486 between with the "String" group.
4487 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
4488 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
4489 using a matchgroup.
4490
4491 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
4492 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
4493 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
4494 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
4495 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
4496
4497 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
4498 different colors: >
4499 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
4500 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
4501 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
4502 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
4503 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
4504 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004505<
4506 *E849*
4507The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004508
4509==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010045107. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004511
4512The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
4513The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
4514and may be mixed with patterns.
4515
4516Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
4517can not be used for all commands:
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +02004518 *E395*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004519 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
4520:syntax keyword - - - - - -
4521:syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
4522:syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004523
4524These arguments can be used for all three commands:
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004525 conceal
4526 cchar
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004527 contained
4528 containedin
4529 nextgroup
4530 transparent
4531 skipwhite
4532 skipnl
4533 skipempty
4534
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004535conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
4536
4537When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
Bram Moolenaar370df582010-06-22 05:16:38 +02004538Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
Bram Moolenaarf5963f72010-07-23 22:10:27 +02004539'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
4540concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
4541edit the line.
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004542
4543Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|, but internally this works a
4544bit differently |syntax-vs-match|.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004545
4546concealends *:syn-concealends*
4547
4548When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
4549the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
4550Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
4551'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004552in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup". The
4553|synconcealed()| function can be used to retrieve information about conealed
4554items.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004555
4556cchar *:syn-cchar*
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004557 *E844*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004558The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
4559when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
4560argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004561character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. The character cannot be
4562a control character such as Tab. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004563 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
Bram Moolenaar9028b102010-07-11 16:58:51 +02004564See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004565
4566contained *:syn-contained*
4567
4568When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
4569the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
4570another match. Example: >
4571 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
4572 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
4573
4574
4575display *:syn-display*
4576
4577If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
4578detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
4579by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
4580to be displayed.
4581
4582Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
4583conditions:
4584- The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
4585 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
4586 line.
4587- The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
4588 make it continue on the next line.
4589- The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
4590 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
4591 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
4592- The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
4593 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
4594 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
4595 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
4596
4597Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
4598- match with a number
4599- match with a label
4600
4601
4602transparent *:syn-transparent*
4603
4604If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
4605itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
4606is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
4607only to skip over a part of the text.
4608
4609The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
4610unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
4611avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
4612highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
4613 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
4614 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
4615 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
4616 :hi link myString String
4617 :hi link myWord Comment
4618Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
4619match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
4620argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
4621it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
4622out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02004623"myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Comment. This
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004624happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
4625position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
4626
4627When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
4628items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
4629see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
4630through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
4631
4632 look from here
4633
4634 | | | | | |
4635 V V V V V V
4636
4637 xxxx yyy more contained items
4638 .................... contained item (transparent)
4639 ============================= first item
4640
4641The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
4642transparent group.
4643
4644What you see is:
4645
4646 =======xxxx=======yyy========
4647
4648Thus you look through the transparent "....".
4649
4650
4651oneline *:syn-oneline*
4652
4653The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
4654boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
4655region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
4656the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
4657continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
4658line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
4659
4660When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
4661pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
4662end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
4663means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
4664be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
4665line break.
4666
4667
4668fold *:syn-fold*
4669
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004670The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004671Example: >
4672 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
4673 :syn sync fromstart
4674 :set foldmethod=syntax
4675This will make each {} block form one fold.
4676
4677The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
4678ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
4679The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004680See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
4681from its syntax items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004682{not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4683
4684
4685 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004686contains={group-name},..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004687
4688The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
4689groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
4690containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
4691regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
4692this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
4693here.
4694
4695contains=ALL
4696 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
4697 groups will be accepted inside the item.
4698
4699contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
4700 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
4701 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
4702 are listed. Example: >
4703 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
4704
4705contains=TOP
4706 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
4707 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
4708 argument.
4709contains=TOP,{group-name},..
4710 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
4711
4712contains=CONTAINED
4713 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
4714 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
4715 argument.
4716contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
4717 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
4718 listed.
4719
4720
4721The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
4722that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
4723The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
4724 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
4725The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
4726that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
4727command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
4728syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
4729the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
4730group names.
4731
4732The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
4733region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
4734|:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
4735region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
4736area that is highlighted
4737
4738
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004739containedin={group-name}... *:syn-containedin*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004740
4741The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
4742item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
4743containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
4744
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004745The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004746
4747This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
4748be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
4749of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
4750the C syntax: >
4751 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
4752Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
4753level.
4754
4755Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
4756appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
4757keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
4758work.
4759
4760
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004761nextgroup={group-name},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004762
4763The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
4764separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
4765
4766If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
4767tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
4768a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
4769will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
4770current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
4771other groups. Example: >
4772 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
4773 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
4774 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
4775
4776This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
4777"Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
4778highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
4779
4780 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
4781 fff bbb fff bbb
4782
4783Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
4784when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
4785highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
4786would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
4787
4788
4789skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
4790skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
4791skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
4792
4793These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
4794used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00004795 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004796 skipnl skip over the end of a line
4797 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
4798
4799When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
4800next group that matches the white space.
4801
4802When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
4803line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
4804line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
4805the current item in the same line.
4806
4807When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
4808groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
4809for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
4810space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
4811
4812Example: >
4813 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
4814 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
4815 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
4816Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
4817match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
4818precedence.
4819Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
4820"contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
4821example).
4822
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004823IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
4824
4825:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
4826 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
4827 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
4828 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
4829 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
4830 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
4831 given explicitly.
4832
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004833:sy[ntax] conceal
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004834 Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004835
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004836==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010048378. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004838
4839In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
4840characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
4841use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
4842use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
4843 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
4844 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
4845
4846See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004847always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004848value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
4849not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
4850independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
4851
4852Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
4853This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
4854
4855 *:syn-pattern-offset*
4856The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
4857change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
4858match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
4859are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
4860pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
4861
4862The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
4863The {what} can be one of seven strings:
4864
4865ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
4866me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
4867hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
4868he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
4869rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
4870re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
4871lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
4872
4873The {offset} can be:
4874
4875s start of the matched pattern
4876s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4877s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
4878e end of the matched pattern
4879e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4880e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
Bram Moolenaarac7bd632013-03-19 11:35:58 +01004881{nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004882
4883Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
4884
4885Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
4886meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
4887
4888 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
4889match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
4890region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
4891region item skip - yes - - - - yes
4892region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
4893
4894Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
4895 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4896<
4897 some "string" text
4898 ^^^^^^ highlighted
4899
4900Notes:
4901- There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
4902 offset(s).
4903- The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
4904- A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
4905 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004906- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
Bram Moolenaar207f0092020-08-30 17:20:20 +02004907 This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004908 Vim 7.2 release.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004909- The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
4910 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
4911 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
4912
4913Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
4914 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
4915<
4916 /* this is a comment */
4917 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
4918
4919A more complicated Example: >
4920 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
4921<
4922 abcfoostringbarabc
4923 mmmmmmmmmmm match
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004924 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004925
4926Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
4927
4928Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
4929with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
Bram Moolenaar1588bc82022-03-08 21:35:07 +00004930in the pattern. You can also often use |/\zs|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004931
4932The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
4933be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
4934cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
4935characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
4936used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
4937specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
4938
4939 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
4940 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
4941 :syn match Underline "_\+"
4942<
4943 ___zzzz ___wwww
4944 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
4945 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
4946 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
4947
4948The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
4949unless you set "ms" explicitly.
4950
4951
4952Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
4953
4954The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
4955expected, but there are a few exceptions.
4956
4957When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
4958allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004959following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
4960the match doesn't move to another line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004961
4962The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
4963continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
4964matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
4965halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
4966previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
4967is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
4968 x x a
4969 b x x
4970Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
4971after the "\n".
4972
4973
4974External matches *:syn-ext-match*
4975
4976These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
4977
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02004978 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01004979 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
4980 accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable in
4981 defining a syntax region start pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004982
4983 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
4984 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
4985 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
4986 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
4987
4988Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
4989sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
4990shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
4991items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
4992referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
4993example, for instance, can be done like this: >
4994 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
4995
4996As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
4997it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01004998changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004999first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
5000also be used in skip patterns: >
Bram Moolenaarfa3b7232021-12-24 13:18:38 +00005001 :syn region foo start="start \z(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005002
5003Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
5004indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
5005to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
5006Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
5007within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
5008sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
5009the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
5010
5011Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
5012cannot be referred to.
5013
5014==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010050159. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005016
5017:sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
5018 [add={group-name}..]
5019 [remove={group-name}..]
5020
5021This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
5022single name.
5023
5024 contains={group-name}..
5025 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
5026 add={group-name}..
5027 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
5028 remove={group-name}..
5029 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
5030
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005031A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
5032nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
5033this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005034
5035Example: >
5036 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
5037 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
5038
5039As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
5040retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
5041to speak: >
5042 :syntax keyword A aaa
5043 :syntax keyword B bbb
5044 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
5045 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
5046 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
5047
5048This also has implications for nested clusters: >
5049 :syntax keyword A aaa
5050 :syntax keyword B bbb
5051 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
5052 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
5053 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
5054 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
5055 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02005056<
5057 *E848*
5058The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005059
5060==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100506110. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005062
5063It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
5064a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
5065two different ways:
5066
5067 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
5068 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
5069 the |:runtime| command: >
5070
5071 " In cpp.vim:
5072 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
5073 :unlet b:current_syntax
5074
5075< - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
5076 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
5077 ":syntax include" command:
5078
5079:sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
5080
5081 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
5082 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
5083 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
5084 that list. >
5085
5086 " In perl.vim:
5087 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
5088 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
5089<
5090 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
5091 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
5092 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
5093 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
5094 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +01005095 with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
5096 ":syn include".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005097
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02005098 *E847*
5099The maximum number of includes is 999.
5100
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005101==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100510211. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005103
5104Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
5105make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
5106redrawing starts.
5107
5108:sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
5109
5110There are four ways to synchronize:
51111. Always parse from the start of the file.
5112 |:syn-sync-first|
51132. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
5114 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
5115 |:syn-sync-second|
51163. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
5117 |:syn-sync-third|
51184. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
5119 |:syn-sync-fourth|
5120
5121 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
5122For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
5123limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
5124
5125If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
5126that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
5127lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
5128
5129If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
5130for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
5131adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
5132slow machine. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +01005133 :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005134<
5135 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
5136When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
5137cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
5138start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
5139the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
5140break use this: >
5141 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
5142The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
5143change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
5144value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
5145
5146
5147First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
5148>
5149 :syntax sync fromstart
5150
5151The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
5152accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
5153so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
Bram Moolenaarf1568ec2011-12-14 21:17:39 +01005154when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005155case: to the end of the file).
5156
5157Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
5158
5159
5160Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
5161
5162For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
5163Example: >
5164 :syntax sync ccomment
5165
5166When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
5167comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
5168used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
5169An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
5170 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
5171This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
5172used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
5173region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
5174
5175The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
5176lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
5177lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
5178lines, but it hard to sync on).
5179
5180Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
5181that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
5182is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
5183chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
5184is hardly ever noticed.
5185
5186
5187Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
5188
5189For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
5190Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
5191means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
5192Example: >
5193 :syntax sync minlines=50
5194
5195"lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
5196
5197
5198Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
5199
5200The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
5201sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
5202region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
5203starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
5204the search continues backwards in the file.
5205
5206This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
5207matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
5208- Keywords cannot be used.
5209- The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
5210 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
5211- The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
5212 forwards.
5213- A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
5214 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
5215 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01005216 consecutive lines that contain the continuation pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005217- When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
5218 group of continued lines).
5219- When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
5220 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
5221 line (or group of continued lines).
5222- When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
5223 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
Jon Parise947f7522024-08-03 17:40:58 +02005224 This is used when a line can contain both the start and the end of a region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005225 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
5226
5227There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
52281. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
5229 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
5230 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
5231 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
52322. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
5233 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
5234 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
5235 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
5236Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
5237
5238Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
5239avoid finding unwanted matches.
5240
5241[The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
5242search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
5243highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
5244faster.]
5245
5246 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
5247 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5248
5249 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
5250 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
5251 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
5252 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
5253 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
5254
5255 *syn-sync-groupthere*
5256 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5257
5258 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
5259 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
5260 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
5261 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
5262 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
5263 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
5264 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
5265 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
5266 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
5267 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
5268
5269 :syntax sync match ..
5270 :syntax sync region ..
5271
5272 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
5273 skipped while searching for a sync point.
5274
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005275 *syn-sync-linecont*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005276 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
5277
5278 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
5279 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
5280 consider the lines to be concatenated.
5281
5282If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
5283searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
5284few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
5285 :syntax sync maxlines=100
5286
5287You can clear all sync settings with: >
5288 :syntax sync clear
5289
5290You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
5291 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
5292
5293==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100529412. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005295
Bram Moolenaar482aaeb2005-09-29 18:26:07 +00005296This command lists all the syntax items: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005297
5298 :sy[ntax] [list]
5299
5300To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
5301
5302 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
5303
Bram Moolenaar24ea3ba2010-09-19 19:01:21 +02005304To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005305
5306 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
5307
5308See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
5309
5310Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
5311is mostly used, because it looks better.
5312
5313==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100531413. Colorschemes *color-schemes*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005315
Bram Moolenaarb7398fe2023-05-14 18:50:25 +01005316In the next section you can find information about individual highlight groups
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005317and how to specify colors for them. Most likely you want to just select a set
5318of colors by using the `:colorscheme` command, for example: >
Bram Moolenaarb59ae592022-11-23 23:46:31 +00005319
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005320 colorscheme pablo
5321<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005322 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02005323:colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
5324 This is basically the same as >
5325 :echo g:colors_name
5326< In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01005327 output "default". Its palette is defined in the file
nisbet-hubbard539349c2024-10-20 10:47:10 +02005328 "$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syncolor.vim" and is based on
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01005329 legacy versions of peachpuff and desert. When compiled
nisbet-hubbard539349c2024-10-20 10:47:10 +02005330 without the |+eval| feature it will output "unknown".
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02005331
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005332:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
Bram Moolenaarbc488a72013-07-05 21:01:22 +02005333 for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005334 is found is loaded.
nisbet-hubbard539349c2024-10-20 10:47:10 +02005335 Use `:colo default` to load the default colorscheme.
Bram Moolenaare18c0b32016-03-20 21:08:34 +01005336 Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
5337 "start" and then under "opt".
5338
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005339 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005340 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005341
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005342You have two options for customizing a color scheme. For changing the
5343appearance of specific colors, you can redefine a color name before loading
5344the scheme. The desert scheme uses the khaki color for the cursor. To use a
5345darker variation of the same color: >
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005346
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005347 let v:colornames['khaki'] = '#bdb76b'
5348 colorscheme desert
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005349<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005350For further customization, such as changing |:highlight-link| associations,
5351use another name, e.g. "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load
5352the original color scheme: >
5353 runtime colors/evening.vim
5354 hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005355
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005356Before the color scheme will be loaded all default color list scripts
5357(`colors/lists/default.vim`) will be executed and then the |ColorSchemePre|
5358autocommand event is triggered. After the color scheme has been loaded the
5359|ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
5360
Bram Moolenaare8008642022-08-19 17:15:35 +01005361 *colorscheme-override*
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005362If a color scheme is almost right, you can add modifications on top of it by
5363using the |ColorScheme| autocommand. For example, to remove the background
5364color (can make it transparent in some terminals): >
5365 augroup my_colorschemes
5366 au!
5367 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
5368 augroup END
5369
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005370Change a couple more colors: >
5371 augroup my_colorschemes
5372 au!
5373 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005374 \ | highlight Special ctermfg=63
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005375 \ | highlight Identifier ctermfg=44
5376 augroup END
5377
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005378If you make a lot of changes it might be better to copy the distributed
5379colorscheme to your home directory and change it: >
5380 :!cp $VIMRUNTIME/colors/pablo.vim ~/.vim/colors
5381 :edit ~/.vim/colors/pablo.vim
5382
5383With Vim 9.0 the collection of color schemes was updated and made work in many
5384different terminals. One change was to often define the Normal highlight
5385group to make sure the colors work well. In case you prefer the old version,
5386you can find them here:
5387https://github.com/vim/colorschemes/blob/master/legacy_colors/
5388
5389For info about writing a color scheme file: >
5390 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
5391
5392
5393==============================================================================
539414. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
5395
5396There are three types of highlight groups:
5397- The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
5398 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
5399 linked to a group of the second type.
5400- The ones used for all syntax languages.
5401- The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
5402 *hitest.vim*
5403You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
5404 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
5405This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
5406in their own color.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005407
5408:hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
5409 attributes set.
5410
5411:hi[ghlight] {group-name}
5412 List one highlight group.
5413
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005414 *highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005415:hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
Bram Moolenaarf1dcd142022-12-31 15:30:45 +00005416 highlighting for groups added by the user.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005417 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
5418 default colors to use.
Bram Moolenaar213da552020-09-17 19:59:26 +02005419 If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005420
5421:hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
5422:hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
5423 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
5424 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
5425
5426:hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
5427 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005428 an existing group. If a given color name is not
Bram Moolenaar519cc552021-11-16 19:18:26 +00005429 recognized, each `colors/lists/default.vim` found on
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005430 |'runtimepath'| will be loaded.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005431 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
5432 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
5433 argument.
5434
Yee Cheng China7b81202025-02-23 09:32:47 +01005435:hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5436:hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5437 See |:hi-link|.
5438
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005439Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
5440default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
5441highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
5442values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
5443the default value.
5444
5445A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
5446a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
5447
5448 :hi Comment gui=bold
5449
5450Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
5451specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
5452result is like this single command has been used: >
5453 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
5454<
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005455 *:highlight-verbose*
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005456When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
5457also tell where it was last set. Example: >
5458 :verbose hi Comment
5459< Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005460 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005461
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00005462When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
5463mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005464
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005465 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
5466There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
5467term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005468cterm a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005469 termcap entry)
5470gui the GUI
5471
5472For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
5473the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
5474
54751. highlight arguments for normal terminals
5476
Bram Moolenaar75c50c42005-06-04 22:06:24 +00005477 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005478 *underdouble* *underdotted*
5479 *underdashed* *inverse* *italic*
5480 *standout* *nocombine* *strikethrough*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005481term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005482 attr-list is a comma-separated list (without spaces) of the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005483 following items (in any order):
5484 bold
5485 underline
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005486 undercurl not always available
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005487 underdouble not always available
5488 underdotted not always available
5489 underdashed not always available
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005490 strikethrough not always available
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005491 reverse
5492 inverse same as reverse
5493 italic
5494 standout
Bram Moolenaar0cd2a942017-08-12 15:12:30 +02005495 nocombine override attributes instead of combining them
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005496 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
5497
5498 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5499 have the same effect.
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005500 *underline-codes*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005501 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005502 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
Bram Moolenaaracc22402020-06-07 21:07:18 +02005503 are only available in the GUI and some terminals. The color is set
5504 with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|. You can try these
5505 termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
5506 let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
5507 let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
5508
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005509< "underdouble" is a double underline, "underdotted" is a dotted
5510 underline and "underdashed" is a dashed underline. These are only
5511 supported by some terminals. If your terminal supports them you may
5512 have to specify the codes like this: >
5513 let &t_Us = "\e[4:2m"
5514 let &t_ds = "\e[4:4m"
5515 let &t_Ds = "\e[4:5m"
5516< They are reset with |t_Ce|, the same as curly underline (undercurl).
5517 When t_Us, t_ds or t_Ds is not set then underline will be used as a
5518 fallback.
5519
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005520
5521start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
5522stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
5523 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
5524 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
5525
5526 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
5527 is written before the characters in the highlighted
5528 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
5529 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
5530 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
5531 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
5532 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
5533
5534 The {term-list} can have two forms:
5535
5536 1. A string with escape sequences.
5537 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
5538 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
5539 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
5540 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
5541
5542 2. A list of terminal codes.
5543 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
5544 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
5545 White space is not allowed. Example:
5546 start=t_C1,t_BL
5547 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
5548
5549
55502. highlight arguments for color terminals
5551
5552cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
5553 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
5554 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
5555 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
5556 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
Bram Moolenaar68e65602019-05-26 21:33:31 +02005557 Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
5558 with coloring. To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
5559 OR "ctermbg=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005560
5561ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
5562ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005563ctermul={color-nr} *highlight-ctermul*
5564 These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
5565 underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
5566
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005567 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
5568 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
5569 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
5570 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
5571 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
5572 another color, on others you just get color 3.
5573
5574 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
5575 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
5576 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
5577 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
5578 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005579 *tmux*
5580 When using tmux you may want to use this in the tmux config: >
5581 # tmux colors
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02005582 set -s default-terminal "tmux-256color"
5583 set -as terminal-overrides ",*-256color:Tc"
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005584< More info at:
5585 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-a-256-colour-terminal
5586 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-rgb-colour
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005587
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005588 The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
5589 these have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in
5590 X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005591 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
5592 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
5593
5594 *cterm-colors*
5595 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
5596 0 0 Black
5597 1 4 DarkBlue
5598 2 2 DarkGreen
5599 3 6 DarkCyan
5600 4 1 DarkRed
5601 5 5 DarkMagenta
5602 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
5603 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
5604 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
5605 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
5606 10 2* Green, LightGreen
5607 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
5608 12 1* Red, LightRed
5609 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
5610 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
5611 15 7* White
5612
5613 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
5614 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
5615 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
5616 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
5617 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
5618 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
5619 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
5620 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
5621 a number instead of a color name.
5622
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005623 The case of the color names is ignored, however Vim will use lower
5624 case color names when reading from the |v:colornames| dictionary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005625 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005626 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that
5627 Blue is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005628
5629 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
5630 colors!
5631
Bram Moolenaar5837f1f2015-03-21 18:06:14 +01005632 You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
5633
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005634 *:hi-normal-cterm*
5635 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
5636 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
5637 Example: >
5638 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
5639< When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
Bram Moolenaar6aa8cea2017-06-05 14:44:35 +02005640 'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
5641 condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
5642 explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on
5643 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for
5644 Normal first, before setting other colors.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02005645 When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005646 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005647 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005648
5649 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
5650 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
5651 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
5652 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005653 *E419* *E420* *E453*
5654 When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
5655 "fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names. This only works after
5656 setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
5657 console. Example, for reverse video: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005658 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
5659< Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
Bram Moolenaar75e15672020-06-28 13:10:22 +02005660 command is given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005661 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
5662
PMuncha606f3a2023-11-15 15:35:49 +01005663ctermfont={font-nr} *highlight-ctermfont*
5664 This gives the alternative font number to use in the terminal. The
5665 available fonts depend on the terminal, and if the terminal is not set
5666 up for alternative fonts this simply won't do anything. The range of
5667 {font-nr} is 0-10 where 0 resets the font to the default font, 1-9
5668 selects one of the 9 alternate fonts, and 10 selects the Fraktur font.
5669 For more information see your terminal's handling of SGR parameters
5670 10-20. |t_CF|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005671
56723. highlight arguments for the GUI
5673
5674gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
5675 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
5676 See |attr-list| for a description.
5677 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5678 have the same effect.
5679 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
5680
5681font={font-name} *highlight-font*
5682 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
5683 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
5684 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
5685<
5686 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
5687 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
5688 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
5689 used).
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005690 The following only works with Motif, not with other GUIs:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005691 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
5692 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
5693 changed.
5694 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
5695 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
5696 occur.
Bram Moolenaar82af8712016-06-04 20:20:29 +02005697 To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
5698 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5699 Example: >
5700 :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005701
5702guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
5703guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005704guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
5705 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005706 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl and
5707 strikethrough.
Bram Moolenaar7df351e2006-01-23 22:30:28 +00005708 There are a few special names:
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00005709 NONE no color (transparent) *E1361*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005710 bg use normal background color
5711 background use normal background color
5712 fg use normal foreground color
5713 foreground use normal foreground color
5714 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
5715 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5716 Example: >
5717 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
5718<
5719 *gui-colors*
5720 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
5721 Red LightRed DarkRed
5722 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
5723 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
5724 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
5725 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
5726 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
5727 Gray LightGray DarkGray
5728 Black White
5729 Orange Purple Violet
5730
5731 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
5732 |win32-colors|.
5733
5734 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
5735 The format is "#rrggbb", where
5736 "rr" is the Red value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005737 "gg" is the Green value
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005738 "bb" is the Blue value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005739 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01005740 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005741<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005742 If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexadecimal value
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01005743 repeatedly, you can define a (lower case) name for it in
5744 |v:colornames|. For example: >
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005745
5746 # provide a default value for this color but allow the user to
5747 # override it.
5748 :call extend(v:colornames, {'alt_turquoise': '#11f0c3'}, 'keep')
5749 :highlight Comment guifg=alt_turquoise guibg=magenta
5750<
5751 If you are using a color scheme that relies on named colors and you
5752 would like to adjust the precise appearance of those colors, you can
5753 do so by overriding the values in |v:colornames| prior to loading the
5754 scheme: >
5755
5756 let v:colornames['alt_turquoise'] = '#22f0d3'
5757 colorscheme alt
5758<
5759 If you want to develop a color list that can be relied on by others,
5760 it is best to prefix your color names. By convention these color lists
5761 are placed in the colors/lists directory. You can see an example in
5762 '$VIMRUNTIME/colors/lists/csscolors.vim'. This list would be sourced
5763 by a color scheme using: >
5764
5765 :runtime colors/lists/csscolors.vim
5766 :highlight Comment guifg=css_turquoise
5767<
5768
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005769 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
5770These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
5771'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
5772of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
5773command.
Bram Moolenaard899e512022-05-07 21:54:03 +01005774When possible the name is highlighted in the used colors. If this makes it
5775unreadable use Visual selection.
5776
Bram Moolenaar1a384422010-07-14 19:53:30 +02005777 *hl-ColorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005778ColorColumn Used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005779 *hl-Conceal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005780Conceal Placeholder characters substituted for concealed
5781 text (see 'conceallevel').
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00005782 *hl-Cursor* *hl-lCursor*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005783Cursor Character under the cursor.
5784lCursor Character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
5785 is used (see 'guicursor').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005786 *hl-CursorIM*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005787CursorIM Like Cursor, but used when in IME mode. |CursorIM|
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005788 *hl-CursorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005789CursorColumn Screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is set.
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005790 *hl-CursorLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005791CursorLine Screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005792 *hl-Directory*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005793Directory Directory names (and other special names in listings).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005794 *hl-DiffAdd*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005795DiffAdd Diff mode: Added line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005796 *hl-DiffChange*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005797DiffChange Diff mode: Changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005798 *hl-DiffDelete*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005799DiffDelete Diff mode: Deleted line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005800 *hl-DiffText*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005801DiffText Diff mode: Changed text within a changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02005802 *hl-EndOfBuffer*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005803EndOfBuffer Filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005804 By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005805 *hl-ErrorMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005806ErrorMsg Error messages on the command line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005807 *hl-VertSplit*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005808VertSplit Column separating vertically split windows.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005809 *hl-Folded*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005810Folded Line used for closed folds.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005811 *hl-FoldColumn*
5812FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
5813 *hl-SignColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005814SignColumn Column where |signs| are displayed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005815 *hl-IncSearch*
5816IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005817 ":s///c".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005818 *hl-LineNr*
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005819LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02005820 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
Bram Moolenaarefae76a2019-10-27 22:54:58 +01005821 *hl-LineNrAbove*
5822LineNrAbove Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5823 option is set, above the cursor line.
5824 *hl-LineNrBelow*
5825LineNrBelow Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5826 option is set, below the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02005827 *hl-CursorLineNr*
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02005828CursorLineNr Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
5829 contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaare413ea02021-11-24 16:20:13 +00005830 *hl-CursorLineFold*
5831CursorLineFold Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005832 *hl-CursorLineSign*
5833CursorLineSign Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005834 *hl-MatchParen*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005835MatchParen Character under the cursor or just before it, if it
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005836 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005837 *hl-MessageWindow*
Yee Cheng Chine700dde2025-02-20 21:58:21 +01005838MessageWindow Messages popup window used by `:echowindow`. Linked to
5839 |hl-WarningMsg| by default.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005840 *hl-ModeMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005841ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --").
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02005842 *hl-MsgArea*
5843MsgArea Command-line area, also used for outputting messages, see also
5844 'cmdheight'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005845 *hl-MoreMsg*
5846MoreMsg |more-prompt|
5847 *hl-NonText*
Bram Moolenaarf269eab2022-10-03 18:04:35 +01005848NonText '@' at the end of the window, "<<<" at the start of the window
5849 for 'smoothscroll', characters from 'showbreak' and other
5850 characters that do not really exist in the text, such as the
5851 ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't fit at the
5852 end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005853 *hl-Normal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005854Normal Normal text.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005855 *hl-Pmenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005856Pmenu Popup menu: Normal item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005857 *hl-PmenuSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005858PmenuSel Popup menu: Selected item.
Gianmaria Bajo6a7c7742023-03-10 16:35:53 +00005859 *hl-PmenuKind*
5860PmenuKind Popup menu: Normal item "kind".
5861 *hl-PmenuKindSel*
5862PmenuKindSel Popup menu: Selected item "kind".
5863 *hl-PmenuExtra*
5864PmenuExtra Popup menu: Normal item "extra text".
5865 *hl-PmenuExtraSel*
5866PmenuExtraSel Popup menu: Selected item "extra text".
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005867 *hl-PmenuSbar*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005868PmenuSbar Popup menu: Scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005869 *hl-PmenuThumb*
5870PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
glepnir40c1c332024-06-11 19:37:04 +02005871 *hl-PmenuMatch*
glepnir9eff3ee2025-01-11 16:47:34 +01005872PmenuMatch Popup menu: Matched text in normal item. Applied in
5873 combination with |hl-Pmenu|.
glepnir40c1c332024-06-11 19:37:04 +02005874 *hl-PmenuMatchSel*
glepnir9eff3ee2025-01-11 16:47:34 +01005875PmenuMatchSel Popup menu: Matched text in selected item. Applied in
5876 combination with |hl-PmenuSel|.
glepnir6a38aff2024-12-16 21:56:16 +01005877 *hl-ComplMatchIns*
5878ComplMatchIns Matched text of the currently inserted completion.
Yee Cheng Chine700dde2025-02-20 21:58:21 +01005879 *hl-PopupSelected*
5880PopupSelected Popup window created with |popup_menu()|. Linked to
5881 |hl-PmenuSel| by default.
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005882 *hl-PopupNotification*
5883PopupNotification
Yee Cheng Chine700dde2025-02-20 21:58:21 +01005884 Popup window created with |popup_notification()|. Linked to
5885 |hl-WarningMsg| by default.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005886 *hl-Question*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005887Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions.
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005888 *hl-QuickFixLine*
5889QuickFixLine Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005890 *hl-Search*
5891Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005892 Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
LemonBoya4399382022-04-09 21:04:08 +01005893 *hl-CurSearch*
5894CurSearch Current match for the last search pattern (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005895 Note: This is correct after a search, but may get outdated if
5896 changes are made or the screen is redrawn.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005897 *hl-SpecialKey*
5898SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
5899 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005900 Generally: Text that is displayed differently from what it
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005901 really is.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005902 *hl-SpellBad*
5903SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
5904 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar53180ce2005-07-05 21:48:14 +00005905 *hl-SpellCap*
5906SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
5907 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005908 *hl-SpellLocal*
5909SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5910 used in another region. |spell|
5911 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
5912 *hl-SpellRare*
5913SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5914 hardly ever used. |spell|
5915 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005916 *hl-StatusLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005917StatusLine Status line of current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005918 *hl-StatusLineNC*
5919StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005920 Note: If this is equal to "StatusLine", Vim will use "^^^" in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005921 the status line of the current window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005922 *hl-StatusLineTerm*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005923StatusLineTerm Status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005924 *hl-StatusLineTermNC*
Bram Moolenaar6ba83ba2022-06-12 22:15:57 +01005925StatusLineTermNC Status lines of not-current windows that is a
5926 |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005927 *hl-TabLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005928TabLine Tab pages line, not active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005929 *hl-TabLineFill*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005930TabLineFill Tab pages line, where there are no labels.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005931 *hl-TabLineSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005932TabLineSel Tab pages line, active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaardf980db2017-12-24 13:22:00 +01005933 *hl-Terminal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005934Terminal |terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005935 *hl-Title*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005936Title Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005937 *hl-Visual*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005938Visual Visual mode selection.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005939 *hl-VisualNOS*
5940VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
5941 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
5942 *hl-WarningMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005943WarningMsg Warning messages.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005944 *hl-WildMenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005945WildMenu Current match in 'wildmenu' completion.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005946
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00005947 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005948The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005949statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005950
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005951For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005952scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
5953Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
5954and guifg.
5955
5956 *hl-Menu*
5957Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
5958 Also used for the toolbar.
5959 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5960
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005961 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005962 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5963 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5964 set.
5965
5966 *hl-Scrollbar*
5967Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
5968 scrollbars.
5969 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
5970
5971 *hl-Tooltip*
5972Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
5973 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5974
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005975 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005976 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5977 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5978 set.
5979
5980==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100598115. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005982
5983When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
5984can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
5985group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
5986
5987To set a link:
5988
5989 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5990
5991To remove a link:
5992
5993 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5994
5995Notes: *E414*
5996- If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
5997 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
5998- As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
5999 removed.
6000- If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
6001 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
6002 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
6003 links for groups that already have settings.
6004
6005 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
6006The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
6007group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
6008will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
6009
6010Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
6011specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
6012 :highlight default link cComment Comment
6013If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
6014 :highlight link cComment Question
6015Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
6016overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
6017
Bram Moolenaar23515b42020-11-29 14:36:24 +01006018To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
6019highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
6020another color scheme, put a command like this in the
6021"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
6022 highlight! default link cComment Question
6023
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006024==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100602516. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006026
6027If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
6028command: >
6029 :syntax clear
6030
6031This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
6032or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
6033in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
6034load the syntax file.
6035The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
6036loaded after this command.
6037
Bram Moolenaar61da1bf2019-06-06 12:14:49 +02006038To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
6039 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
6040This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
6041
6042To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
6043 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
6044This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
6045
6046 *:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006047If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
6048the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
6049 :syntax off
6050
6051What this command actually does, is executing the command >
6052 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
6053See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
6054$VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
6055
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006056 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
6057If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
6058defaults back: >
6059
6060 :syntax reset
6061
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02006062It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
6063affects the highlighting.
6064
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006065This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
6066
6067Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
6068back to their Vim default.
6069Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
6070scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
6071
6072What this actually does is: >
6073
6074 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
6075 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
6076
6077Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
6078
6079 *syncolor*
6080If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
6081script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
6082'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
6083the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
6084reset" command.
6085
6086For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
6087
6088 if &background == "light"
6089 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
6090 else
6091 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
6092 endif
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00006093<
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00006094 *E679*
6095Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
6096'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
6097endless loop.
6098
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006099Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
6100your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
6101depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
6102
6103 *syntax_cmd*
6104The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
6105syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00006106 "on" `:syntax on` command. Highlight colors are overruled but
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006107 links are kept
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00006108 "enable" `:syntax enable` command. Only define colors for groups that
6109 don't have highlighting yet. Use `:highlight default` .
6110 "reset" `:syntax reset` command or loading a color scheme. Define all
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006111 the colors.
6112 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
6113 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
6114 them.
6115
6116==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100611717. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006118
6119If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
6120mappings.
6121
6122 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
6123 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
6124>
6125 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
6126 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
6127
6128WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
6129memory Vim will consume.
6130
6131Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00006132must use Universal Ctags (found at https://ctags.io) or Exuberant ctags (found
6133at http://ctags.sf.net).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006134
6135Put these lines in your Makefile:
6136
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00006137# Make a highlight file for types. Requires Universal/Exuberant ctags and awk
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006138types: types.vim
6139types.vim: *.[ch]
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006140 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006141 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
6142 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
6143
6144And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
6145
6146 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00006147 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006148 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00006149 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' .. fname
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006150 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
6151
6152==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100615318. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006154
6155Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
6156possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
6157private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
6158with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
6159highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
6160italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
6161
6162To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
6163windows on the buffer: >
6164 :ownsyntax foo
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02006165< *w:current_syntax*
6166This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
6167"b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
6168restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
6169"b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
6170"w:current_syntax".
zeertzjq19be0eb2024-10-22 21:36:45 +02006171Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck', 'spellfile' and 'spelloptions'
6172options.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006173
6174Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006175on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02006176syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006177same buffer.
6178
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02006179A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
6180is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
6181When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006182
6183==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100618419. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006185
6186Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
6187default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
6188 :if &term =~ "xterm"
6189 : if has("terminfo")
6190 : set t_Co=8
6191 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
6192 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
6193 : else
6194 : set t_Co=8
6195 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
6196 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
6197 : endif
6198 :endif
6199< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6200
6201You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
6202e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
6203
6204Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
6205be wrong.
6206 *xiterm* *rxvt*
6207The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
6208But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
6209 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
6210 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
6211<
6212 *colortest.vim*
6213To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
Bram Moolenaarf740b292006-02-16 22:11:02 +00006214To use it, execute this command: >
6215 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006216
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00006217Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006218output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
6219at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
6220colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
6221
6222 *xfree-xterm*
6223To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00006224included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006225at: >
6226 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
6227Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
6228termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
6229supports. >
6230 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
6231If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
6232(Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
6233
6234This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
6235 :if has("terminfo")
6236 : set t_Co=16
6237 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
6238 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
6239 :else
6240 : set t_Co=16
6241 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
6242 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
6243 :endif
6244< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6245
6246Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
6247translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
6248Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
6249
6250For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
6251
6252 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
6253 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
6254
6255Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
6256and try if that works.
6257
6258You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
6259 XTerm*color0: #000000
6260 XTerm*color1: #c00000
6261 XTerm*color2: #008000
6262 XTerm*color3: #808000
6263 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
6264 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
6265 XTerm*color6: #008080
6266 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
6267 XTerm*color8: #808080
6268 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
6269 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
6270 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
6271 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
6272 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
6273 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
6274 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
6275 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
6276
6277[Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
6278cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006279newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006280
6281To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
6282Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
6283 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
6284<
6285 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
6286To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
6287Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
6288these resources:
6289 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
6290 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
6291 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
6292 XTerm*cursorColor: White
6293
6294 *hpterm-color*
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006295These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006296foreground colors: >
6297 :if has("terminfo")
6298 : set t_Co=8
6299 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
6300 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6301 :else
6302 : set t_Co=8
6303 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
6304 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6305 :endif
6306< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6307
6308 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
6309These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
6310emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
6311bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
6312 :set t_Co=16
6313 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
6314 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
6315<
6316 *TTpro-telnet*
6317These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
6318open-source program for MS-Windows. >
6319 set t_Co=16
6320 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
6321 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
6322Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
6323that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
6324(info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
6325
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006326
6327==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100632820. When syntax is slow *:syntime*
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006329
6330This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
6331
6332If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
6333faster. To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
6334as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
6335
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01006336Note: This is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02006337You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
6338
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006339To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
6340sequence: >
6341 :syntime on
6342 [ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
6343 :syntime report
6344
6345This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
6346it took to match them against the text.
6347
6348:syntime on Start measuring syntax times. This will add some
6349 overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
6350 matching.
6351
6352:syntime off Stop measuring syntax times.
6353
6354:syntime clear Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
6355
6356:syntime report Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
6357 current window. Use a wider display to see more of
6358 the output.
6359
6360 The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
6361 TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
6362 matching this pattern.
6363 COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
6364 MATCH Number of times the pattern actually
6365 matched
6366 SLOWEST The longest time for one try.
6367 AVERAGE The average time for one try.
6368 NAME Name of the syntax item. Note that
6369 this is not unique.
6370 PATTERN The pattern being used.
6371
6372Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives. Try to
6373include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
6374pattern does NOT match.
6375
6376When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
6377all positions in the current and previous line. For example, if the item is
6378literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
6379
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006380"<\@<=span" Matches "span" in "<span". This tries matching with "<" in
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006381 many places.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006382"<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006383
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02006384
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02006385 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: